Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
þ | QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009
OR
o | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Commission File Number 000-51405 |
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DALLAS
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Federally chartered corporation | 71-6013989 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) | |
8500 Freeport Parkway South, Suite 600 Irving, TX | 75063-2547 | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip code) |
(214) 441-8500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant [1] has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and [2] has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yesþ Noo
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (17 C.F.R. §232.405) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yeso Noo
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filero | Accelerated filero | Non-accelerated filerþ(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting companyo |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yeso Noþ
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:
At October 30, 2009, the registrant had outstanding 24,881,505 shares of its Class B Capital Stock, $100 par value per share.
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DALLAS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DALLAS
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
(Unaudited; in thousands, except share data)
(Unaudited; in thousands, except share data)
September 30, | December 31, | |||||||
2009 | 2008 | |||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||
Cash and due from banks | $ | 1,279,474 | $ | 20,765 | ||||
Interest-bearing deposits | 272 | 3,683,609 | ||||||
Federal funds sold | 3,313,000 | 1,872,000 | ||||||
Trading securities (Note 11) | 3,810 | 3,370 | ||||||
Available-for-sale securities (Notes 3 and 11) | — | 127,532 | ||||||
Held-to-maturity securities (a) (Notes 4 and 11) | 12,194,307 | 11,701,504 | ||||||
Advances (Notes 5 and 12) | 50,034,613 | 60,919,883 | ||||||
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses of $241 and $261 at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively | 272,292 | 327,059 | ||||||
Accrued interest receivable | 66,807 | 145,284 | ||||||
Premises and equipment, net | 25,500 | 20,488 | ||||||
Derivative assets (Notes 8 and 11) | 54,117 | 77,137 | ||||||
Excess REFCORP contributions | — | 16,881 | ||||||
Other assets | 17,152 | 17,386 | ||||||
TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 67,261,344 | $ | 78,932,898 | ||||
LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL | ||||||||
Deposits | ||||||||
Interest-bearing | $ | 999,907 | $ | 1,424,991 | ||||
Non-interest bearing | 37 | 75 | ||||||
Total deposits | 999,944 | 1,425,066 | ||||||
Consolidated obligations, net (Note 6) | ||||||||
Discount notes | 10,727,576 | 16,745,420 | ||||||
Bonds | 52,082,770 | 56,613,595 | ||||||
Total consolidated obligations, net | 62,810,346 | 73,359,015 | ||||||
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock | 8,646 | 90,353 | ||||||
Accrued interest payable | 208,599 | 514,086 | ||||||
Affordable Housing Program (Note 7) | 42,906 | 43,067 | ||||||
Payable to REFCORP | 4,408 | — | ||||||
Derivative liabilities (Notes 8 and 11) | 3,445 | 2,326 | ||||||
Other liabilities | 328,403 | 60,565 | ||||||
Total liabilities | 64,406,697 | 75,494,478 | ||||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) | ||||||||
CAPITAL (Note 9) | ||||||||
Capital stock — Class B putable ($100 par value) issued and outstanding shares: 26,088,478 and 32,238,300 shares at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively | 2,608,848 | 3,223,830 | ||||||
Retained earnings | 317,818 | 216,025 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (Note 15) | ||||||||
Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of unrealized gains and losses relating to hedged interest rate risk included in net income | — | (1,661 | ) | |||||
Non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities (Note 4) | (72,217 | ) | — | |||||
Postretirement benefits | 198 | 226 | ||||||
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | (72,019 | ) | (1,435 | ) | ||||
Total capital | 2,854,647 | 3,438,420 | ||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL | $ | 67,261,344 | $ | 78,932,898 | ||||
(a) | Fair values: $12,068,626 and $11,169,862 at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
1
Table of Contents
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DALLAS
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Unaudited, in thousands)
(Unaudited, in thousands)
For the Three Months Ended | For the Nine Months Ended | |||||||||||||||
September 30, | September 30, | |||||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||
INTEREST INCOME | ||||||||||||||||
Advances | $ | 125,138 | $ | 434,097 | $ | 559,921 | $ | 1,337,540 | ||||||||
Prepayment fees on advances, net | 1,510 | 544 | 12,164 | 1,839 | ||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits | 64 | 418 | 243 | 2,267 | ||||||||||||
Federal funds sold | 1,245 | 17,695 | 4,094 | 89,802 | ||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | 1 | 2,754 | 469 | 8,323 | ||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities | 38,166 | 87,386 | 116,818 | 258,995 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage loans held for portfolio | 3,850 | 4,833 | 12,397 | 15,105 | ||||||||||||
Other | 99 | 67 | 369 | 288 | ||||||||||||
Total interest income | 170,073 | 547,794 | 706,475 | 1,714,159 | ||||||||||||
INTEREST EXPENSE | ||||||||||||||||
Consolidated obligations | ||||||||||||||||
Bonds | 104,588 | 367,299 | 480,476 | 1,098,031 | ||||||||||||
Discount notes | 31,766 | 104,829 | 199,230 | 397,635 | ||||||||||||
Deposits | 182 | 13,301 | 1,248 | 55,292 | ||||||||||||
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock | 25 | 219 | 81 | 1,121 | ||||||||||||
Other borrowings | 2 | 40 | 4 | 148 | ||||||||||||
Total interest expense | 136,563 | 485,688 | 681,039 | 1,552,227 | ||||||||||||
NET INTEREST INCOME | 33,510 | 62,106 | 25,436 | 161,932 | ||||||||||||
OTHER INCOME (LOSS) | ||||||||||||||||
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities | (28,157 | ) | — | (79,942 | ) | — | ||||||||||
Net non-credit impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income | 25,845 | — | 76,959 | — | ||||||||||||
Credit component of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities | (2,312 | ) | — | (2,983 | ) | — | ||||||||||
Impairment loss on available-for-sale security | — | (2,476 | ) | — | (2,476 | ) | ||||||||||
Service fees | 856 | 933 | 2,338 | 2,804 | ||||||||||||
Net gain (loss) on trading securities | 286 | (157 | ) | 464 | (290 | ) | ||||||||||
Realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities | — | — | 843 | 2,794 | ||||||||||||
Net gains on derivatives and hedging activities | 14,080 | 56,314 | 174,814 | 71,044 | ||||||||||||
Gains on early extinguishment of debt | — | — | 176 | 7,566 | ||||||||||||
Other, net | 1,476 | 576 | 4,717 | 3,493 | ||||||||||||
Total other income | 14,386 | 55,190 | 180,369 | 84,935 | ||||||||||||
OTHER EXPENSE | ||||||||||||||||
Compensation and benefits | 15,859 | 8,146 | 34,158 | 25,277 | ||||||||||||
Other operating expenses | 6,996 | 6,081 | 20,719 | 18,941 | ||||||||||||
Finance Agency/Finance Board | 561 | 432 | 1,724 | 1,297 | ||||||||||||
Office of Finance | 464 | 434 | 1,503 | 1,282 | ||||||||||||
Total other expense | 23,880 | 15,093 | 58,104 | 46,797 | ||||||||||||
INCOME BEFORE ASSESSMENTS | 24,016 | 102,203 | 147,701 | 200,070 | ||||||||||||
Affordable Housing Program | 1,963 | 8,366 | 12,065 | 16,447 | ||||||||||||
REFCORP | 4,410 | 18,767 | 27,127 | 36,724 | ||||||||||||
Total assessments | 6,373 | 27,133 | 39,192 | 53,171 | ||||||||||||
NET INCOME | $ | 17,643 | $ | 75,070 | $ | 108,509 | $ | 146,899 | ||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
2
Table of Contents
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DALLAS
STATEMENTS OF CAPITAL
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009 AND 2008
(Unaudited, in thousands)
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009 AND 2008
(Unaudited, in thousands)
Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capital Stock | Other | |||||||||||||||||||
Class B - Putable | Retained | Comprehensive | Total | |||||||||||||||||
Shares | Par Value | Earnings | Income (Loss) | Capital | ||||||||||||||||
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2009 | 32,238 | $ | 3,223,830 | $ | 216,025 | $ | (1,435 | ) | $ | 3,438,420 | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of capital stock | 4,300 | 430,042 | — | — | 430,042 | |||||||||||||||
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock | (9,467 | ) | (946,695 | ) | — | — | (946,695 | ) | ||||||||||||
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock | (1,048 | ) | (104,808 | ) | — | — | (104,808 | ) | ||||||||||||
Comprehensive income | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income | — | — | 108,509 | — | 108,509 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) | — | — | — | (70,584 | ) | (70,584 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income(a) | — | — | — | — | 37,925 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends on capital stock (at 0.29 percent annualized rate) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash | — | — | (136 | ) | — | (136 | ) | |||||||||||||
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock | — | — | (101 | ) | — | (101 | ) | |||||||||||||
Stock | 65 | 6,479 | (6,479 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||||
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 2009 | 26,088 | $ | 2,608,848 | $ | 317,818 | $ | (72,019 | ) | $ | 2,854,647 | ||||||||||
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2008 | 23,940 | $ | 2,393,980 | $ | 211,762 | $ | (570 | ) | $ | 2,605,172 | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of capital stock | 16,108 | 1,610,760 | — | — | 1,610,760 | |||||||||||||||
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock | (6,942 | ) | (694,179 | ) | — | — | (694,179 | ) | ||||||||||||
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock | (154 | ) | (15,401 | ) | — | — | (15,401 | ) | ||||||||||||
Comprehensive income | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income | — | — | 146,899 | — | 146,899 | |||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) | — | — | — | (2,615 | ) | (2,615 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income(a) | — | — | — | — | 144,284 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends on capital stock (at 3.25 percent annualized rate) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash | — | — | (136 | ) | — | (136 | ) | |||||||||||||
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock | — | — | (224 | ) | — | (224 | ) | |||||||||||||
Stock | 599 | 59,894 | (59,894 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||||||
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 2008 | 33,551 | $ | 3,355,054 | $ | 298,407 | $ | (3,185 | ) | $ | 3,650,276 | ||||||||||
(a) | For the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, total comprehensive income (loss) of ($5,033) and $73,218, respectively, includes net income of $17,643 and $75,070, respectively, and other comprehensive income (loss) of ($22,676) and ($1,852), respectively. For the components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, see Note 15. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
3
Table of Contents
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DALLAS
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited, in thousands)
(Unaudited, in thousands)
For the Nine Months Ended | ||||||||
September 30, | ||||||||
2009 | 2008 | |||||||
OPERATING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Net income | $ | 108,509 | $ | 146,899 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | ||||||||
Net premiums and discounts on advances, consolidated obligations, investments and mortgage loans | (137,137 | ) | (45,779 | ) | ||||
Concessions on consolidated obligation bonds | 6,274 | 12,073 | ||||||
Premises, equipment and computer software costs | 3,900 | 3,188 | ||||||
Non-cash interest on mandatorily redeemable capital stock | 133 | 1,829 | ||||||
Realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities | (843 | ) | (2,794 | ) | ||||
Credit component of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities | 2,983 | — | ||||||
Impairment loss on available-for-sale security | — | 2,476 | ||||||
Gains on early extinguishment of debt | (176 | ) | (7,566 | ) | ||||
Net increase in trading securities | (440 | ) | (695 | ) | ||||
Loss (gain) due to change in net fair value adjustment on derivative and hedging activities | 30,189 | (160,095 | ) | |||||
Decrease in accrued interest receivable | 78,480 | 27,707 | ||||||
Decrease in other assets | 1,230 | 4,271 | ||||||
Increase (decrease) in Affordable Housing Program (AHP) liability | (161 | ) | 6,364 | |||||
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable | (305,504 | ) | 102,030 | |||||
Decrease in excess REFCORP contributions | 16,881 | — | ||||||
Increase in payable to REFCORP | 4,408 | 10,381 | ||||||
Increase in other liabilities | 4,505 | 892 | ||||||
Total adjustments | (295,278 | ) | (45,718 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | (186,769 | ) | 101,181 | |||||
INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits | 3,756,444 | (15,479 | ) | |||||
Net decrease (increase) in federal funds sold | (1,441,000 | ) | 1,130,000 | |||||
Net decrease in loans to other FHLBanks | — | 400,000 | ||||||
Net decrease in short-term held-to-maturity securities | — | 991,508 | ||||||
Proceeds from maturities of long-term held-to-maturity securities | 2,399,626 | 1,218,133 | ||||||
Purchases of long-term held-to-maturity securities | (2,710,120 | ) | (4,689,388 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities | 42,506 | 87,650 | ||||||
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities | 87,019 | 257,646 | ||||||
Purchases of available-for-sale securities | — | (350,466 | ) | |||||
Principal collected on advances | 361,977,247 | 642,139,612 | ||||||
Advances made | (351,288,076 | ) | (663,850,843 | ) | ||||
Principal collected on mortgage loans held for portfolio | 54,229 | 42,772 | ||||||
Purchases of premises, equipment and computer software | (9,335 | ) | (1,652 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 12,868,540 | (22,640,507 | ) | |||||
FINANCING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in deposits and pass-through reserves | (523,744 | ) | 616,639 | |||||
Net proceeds from derivative contracts with financing elements | 59,431 | 9,820 | ||||||
Net proceeds from issuance of consolidated obligations | ||||||||
Discount notes | 226,942,709 | 567,983,315 | ||||||
Bonds | 35,601,995 | 47,481,552 | ||||||
Debt issuance costs | (6,816 | ) | (5,629 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from assumption of debt from other FHLBanks | — | 139,354 | ||||||
Payments for maturing and retiring consolidated obligations | ||||||||
Discount notes | (232,860,772 | ) | (568,995,322 | ) | ||||
Bonds | (39,932,328 | ) | (25,119,401 | ) | ||||
Payments to other FHLBanks for assumption of debt | — | (487,154 | ) | |||||
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock | 430,042 | 1,610,760 | ||||||
Proceeds from issuance of mandatorily redeemable capital stock | 73 | — | ||||||
Payments for redemption of mandatorily redeemable capital stock | (186,821 | ) | (64,186 | ) | ||||
Payments for repurchase/redemption of capital stock | (946,695 | ) | (694,179 | ) | ||||
Cash dividends paid | (136 | ) | (136 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | (11,423,062 | ) | 22,475,433 | |||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 1,258,709 | (63,893 | ) | |||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period | 20,765 | 74,699 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period | $ | 1,279,474 | $ | 10,806 | ||||
Supplemental Disclosures: | ||||||||
Interest paid | $ | 992,575 | $ | 1,533,182 | ||||
AHP payments, net | $ | 12,226 | $ | 10,083 | ||||
REFCORP payments | $ | 5,838 | $ | 26,343 | ||||
Stock dividends issued | $ | 6,479 | $ | 59,894 | ||||
Dividends paid through issuance of mandatorily redeemable capital stock | $ | 101 | $ | 224 | ||||
Capital stock reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock | $ | 104,808 | $ | 15,401 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
4
Table of Contents
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DALLAS
NOTES TO INTERIM UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1—Basis of Presentation
The accompanying interim financial statements of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas (the “Bank”) are unaudited and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions provided by Article 10, Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. The financial statements contain all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the Bank’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. All such adjustments were of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for the periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any other interim period.
The Bank’s significant accounting policies and certain other disclosures are set forth in the notes to the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008. The interim financial statements presented herein should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s audited financial statements and notes thereto, which are included in the Bank’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2009 (the “2008 10-K”). The notes to the interim financial statements update and/or highlight significant changes to the notes included in the 2008 10-K.
The Bank is one of 12 district Federal Home Loan Banks, each individually a “FHLBank” and collectively the “FHLBanks,” and, together with the Office of Finance, a joint office of the FHLBanks, the “FHLBank System.” The Office of Finance manages the sale and servicing of the FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations. Effective July 30, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“Finance Agency”), an independent agency in the executive branch of the United States Government, supervises and regulates the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance. Prior to July 30, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Board (“Finance Board”) had responsibility for the supervision and regulation of the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance.
Use of Estimates.The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make assumptions and estimates. These assumptions and estimates may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. Significant assumptions include those that are used by the Bank in its periodic evaluation of its holdings of non-agency mortgage-backed securities for other-than-temporary impairment. Significant estimates include the valuations of the Bank’s investment securities, as well as its derivative instruments and any associated hedged items. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Subsequent Events.The Bank has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition or disclosure in these financial statements through the time of their issuance on November 12, 2009.
Note 2—Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
Accounting Standards Codification.On June 29, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) established the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification” or “ASC”) as the single source of authoritative U.S. GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. The Codification is not intended to change current GAAP; rather, its intent is to organize all accounting literature by topic in one place in order to enable users to quickly identify appropriate GAAP. The Codification modifies the GAAP hierarchy to include only two levels of GAAP: authoritative and nonauthoritative. The Codification does not replace or affect guidance issued by the SEC, which continues to apply to SEC registrants. Following the establishment of the Codification, the FASB no longer issues new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it issues Accounting Standards Updates. The FASB does not consider Accounting Standards Updates as authoritative in their own right. Rather, Accounting Standards Updates serve only to update the Codification, provide background information about the guidance, and provide the bases for
5
Table of Contents
conclusions regarding the changes to the Codification. The Codification is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Bank adopted the Codification for the interim period ended September 30, 2009. As the Codification was not intended to alter previous GAAP, its adoption did not have any impact on the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition.
Enhanced Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.On March 19, 2008, the FASB issued guidance requiring enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative instruments and hedging activities including: (1) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under GAAP; and (3) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with earlier application encouraged. The Bank adopted this guidance on January 1, 2009. The additional disclosures required by this guidance are included in Note 8. The adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition.
Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments.On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued guidance that revises the recognition and reporting requirements for other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity and expands, and increases the frequency of, disclosures for both debt and equity securities. This guidance is intended to bring greater consistency to the timing of impairment recognition, and to provide greater clarity to investors about the credit and non-credit components of other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities that are not expected to be sold. For debt securities, impairment is considered to be other than temporary if an entity (i) intends to sell the security, (ii) more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovering its amortized cost basis, or (iii) does not expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis (even if the entity does not intend to sell the security). Further, an impairment is considered to be other than temporary if the entity’sbest estimateof the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security is less than the amortized cost basis of the security (any such shortfall is referred to as a “credit loss”). Previously, an other-than-temporary impairment was deemed to have occurred if it wasprobablethat an investor would be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a debt security.
If an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) has occurred because an entity intends to sell an impaired debt security, or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment must be recognized currently in earnings in an amount equal to the entire difference between fair value and amortized cost.
In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss exists but an entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary impairment (i.e., the difference between the security’s then-current carrying amount and its estimated fair value) is separated into (i) the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss (i.e., the credit component) and (ii) the amount of the total impairment related to all other factors (i.e., the non-credit component). The credit component is recognized in earnings and the non-credit component is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-temporary impairment is required to be presented in the statement of income with an offset for the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment that is recognized in other comprehensive income. Previously, in all cases, if an impairment was determined to be other than temporary, then an impairment loss was recognized in earnings in an amount equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date of the reporting period for which the assessment was made.
The non-credit component of any other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income for debt securities classified as held-to-maturity is accreted over the remaining life of the debt security (in a prospective manner based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows) as an increase in the carrying value of the security unless and until the security is sold, the security matures, or there is an additional other-than-temporary impairment that is recognized in earnings. In instances in which an additional other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings, the amount of the credit loss is reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings. Further, if an additional other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in
6
Table of Contents
earnings and the held-to-maturity security’s then-current carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an additional non-credit impairment is concurrently recognized in other comprehensive income. Conversely, if an additional other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings and the held-to-maturity security’s then-current carrying value is less than its fair value, the carrying value of the security is not increased. In periods subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment loss, the other-than-temporarily impaired debt security is accounted for as if it had been purchased on the measurement date of the other-than-temporary impairment at an amount equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings. The difference between the new amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected is accreted as interest income over the remaining life of the security in a prospective manner based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows.
This “OTTI accounting guidance” is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The guidance is to be applied to existing investments held by an entity as of the beginning of the interim period in which it is adopted and to new investments acquired thereafter. For debt securities held at the beginning of the interim period of adoption for which an other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized, if an entity does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the entity shall recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. If an entity elects to early adopt this OTTI accounting guidance, it must also concurrently adopt recently issued guidance regarding the determination of fair value when there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability or price quotations are associated with transactions that are not orderly (discussed below). The Bank early adopted the OTTI accounting guidance effective January 1, 2009. As the Bank did not hold any debt securities as of January 1, 2009 for which an other-than-temporary impairment had previously been recognized, no cumulative effect transition adjustment was required.
Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for an Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly.On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies the approach to, and provides additional factors to consider in, measuring fair value when there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability or price quotations are associated with transactions that are not orderly. The guidance emphasizes that even if there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability and regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement under GAAP remains the same. That is, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction (i.e., not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current conditions. In addition, the guidance requires enhanced disclosures regarding fair value measurements. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. If an entity elects to early adopt this guidance, it must also concurrently adopt the OTTI accounting guidance. The Bank early adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2009 and the adoption did not have any impact on the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition. The enhanced disclosures required by this guidance are presented in Note 11.
Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued guidance that requires disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments, including disclosure of the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments, in interim financial statements. Previously, these disclosures were required only in annual financial statements. In addition, the guidance requires disclosure in interim and annual financial statements of any changes in the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments. The guidance is effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. An entity may early adopt this guidance only if it also concurrently adopts the fair value guidance discussed in the preceding paragraph and the OTTI accounting guidance. The Bank early adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2009 and the adoption did not have any impact on the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition. The required interim period disclosures are presented in Note 11.
7
Table of Contents
Subsequent Events.On May 28, 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This guidance sets forth: (1) the period after the balance sheet date during which management must evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, (2) the circumstances under which an entity must recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and (3) the disclosures that an entity must make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. In addition, the guidance requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date (that is, whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued). The guidance does not apply to subsequent events or transactions that are specifically addressed in other applicable GAAP. This guidance is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Bank adopted this guidance for the interim period ended June 30, 2009. The required disclosures are presented in Note 1.
Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets.On June 12, 2009, the FASB issued guidance that changes how entities account for transfers of financial assets by (1) eliminating the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, (2) defining the term “participating interest” to establish specific conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale, (3) clarifying the isolation analysis to ensure that an entity considers all of its continuing involvements with transferred financial assets to determine whether a transfer may be accounted for as a sale, (4) eliminating an exception that currently permits an entity to derecognize certain transferred mortgage loans when that entity has not surrendered control over those loans, and (5) requiring enhanced disclosures about transfers of financial assets and a transferor’s continuing involvement with transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales. This guidance is effective as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009 (January 1, 2010 for the Bank), for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition.
Measuring the Fair Value of Liabilities.On August 28, 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-05 to provide guidance on how to estimate the fair value of a liability in a hypothetical transaction (assuming the transfer of a liability to a third party), as currently required by GAAP. The guidance in ASU 2009-05 reaffirms that fair value measurement of a liability assumes the transfer of a liability to a market participant as of the measurement date; that is, the liability is presumed to continue and is not settled with the counterparty. In addition, the guidance emphasizes that a fair value measurement of a liability includes nonperformance risk and that such risk does not change after transfer of the liability. In a manner consistent with this underlying premise (i.e., a transfer notion), the guidance requires that an entity should first determine whether a quoted price of an identical liability traded in an active market exists (i.e., a Level 1 fair value measurement). The guidance clarifies that the quoted price for the identical liability, when traded as an asset in an active market, is also a Level 1 measurement for that liability when no adjustment to the quoted price is required. In the absence of a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability, an entity must use one or more of the following valuation techniques to estimate fair value:
• | A valuation technique that uses: |
• | The quoted price of an identical liability when traded as an asset. | ||
• | The quoted price of a similar liability or of a similar liability when traded as an asset. |
• | Another valuation technique that is consistent with GAAP, including one of the following: |
• | An income approach, such as a present value technique. | ||
• | A market approach, such as a technique based on the amount at the measurement date that an entity would pay to transfer an identical liability or would receive to enter into an identical liability. |
Additionally, ASU 2009-05 clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity should not include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. The guidance in ASU 2009-05 is effective for the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after issuance (October 1, 2009 for the Bank). Entities may elect to early adopt the guidance in ASU 2009-05 if financial statements have not yet been issued. The Bank adopted the guidance in ASU 2009-05 effective October 1, 2009. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition.
8
Table of Contents
Note 3—Available-for-Sale Securities
In March 2009, the Bank sold an available-for-sale security (specifically, a government-sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed security) with an amortized cost (determined by the specific identification method) of $86,176,000. Proceeds from the sale totaled $87,019,000, resulting in a gross realized gain of $843,000. The Bank’s two remaining available-for-sale securities were paid in full in April and July 2009.
Note 4—Held-to-Maturity Securities
Major Security Types.Held-to-maturity securities as of September 30, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):
OTTI Recorded in | Gross | Gross | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated Other | Unrecognized | Unrecognized | Estimated | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized | Comprehensive | Carrying | Holding | Holding | Fair | |||||||||||||||||||
Cost | Income (Loss) | Value | Gains | Losses | Value | |||||||||||||||||||
Debentures | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | $ | 60,252 | $ | — | $ | 60,252 | $ | 412 | $ | 229 | $ | 60,435 | ||||||||||||
State housing agency obligation | 2,945 | — | 2,945 | — | 236 | 2,709 | ||||||||||||||||||
63,197 | — | 63,197 | 412 | 465 | 63,144 | |||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | 25,257 | — | 25,257 | — | 159 | 25,098 | ||||||||||||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprises | 11,556,387 | — | 11,556,387 | 61,265 | 93,957 | 11,523,695 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities | 543,843 | 72,217 | 471,626 | — | 94,121 | 377,505 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities | 77,840 | — | 77,840 | 1,351 | 7 | 79,184 | ||||||||||||||||||
12,203,327 | 72,217 | 12,131,110 | 62,616 | 188,244 | 12,005,482 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 12,266,524 | $ | 72,217 | $ | 12,194,307 | $ | 63,028 | $ | 188,709 | $ | 12,068,626 | ||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities as of December 31, 2008 were as follows (in thousands):
Gross | Gross | |||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost/ | Unrecognized | Unrecognized | Estimated | |||||||||||||
Carrying Value | Holding Gains | Holding Losses | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
Debentures | ||||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | $ | 65,888 | $ | 581 | $ | 935 | $ | 65,534 | ||||||||
State housing agency obligation | 3,785 | — | 357 | 3,428 | ||||||||||||
69,673 | 581 | 1,292 | 68,962 | |||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | ||||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | 28,632 | — | 804 | 27,828 | ||||||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprises | 10,629,290 | 26,025 | 268,756 | 10,386,559 | ||||||||||||
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities | 676,804 | — | 277,040 | 399,764 | ||||||||||||
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities | 297,105 | — | 10,356 | 286,749 | ||||||||||||
11,631,831 | 26,025 | 556,956 | 11,100,900 | |||||||||||||
Total | $ | 11,701,504 | $ | 26,606 | $ | 558,248 | $ | 11,169,862 | ||||||||
The following table summarizes (in thousands, except number of positions) the held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses as of September 30, 2009. The unrealized losses include other-than-temporary impairments recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and gross unrecognized holding losses and are aggregated by major security type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position.
9
Table of Contents
Less than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated | Gross | Estimated | Gross | Estimated | Gross | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of | Fair | Unrealized | Number of | Fair | Unrealized | Number of | Fair | Unrealized | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Positions | Value | Losses | Positions | Value | Losses | Positions | Value | Losses | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debentures | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | — | $ | — | $ | — | 2 | $ | 23,393 | $ | 229 | 2 | $ | 23,393 | $ | 229 | |||||||||||||||||||||
State housing agency obligation | — | — | — | 1 | 2,709 | 236 | 1 | 2,709 | 236 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
�� | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
— | — | — | 3 | 26,102 | 465 | 3 | 26,102 | 465 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | 8 | 18,344 | 131 | 3 | 6,754 | 28 | 11 | 25,098 | 159 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprises | 64 | 2,998,308 | 24,543 | 168 | 4,466,389 | 69,414 | 232 | 7,464,697 | 93,957 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-agency residential mortgage- backed securities | — | — | — | 40 | 377,505 | 166,338 | 40 | 377,505 | 166,338 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities | 1 | 8,256 | 7 | — | — | — | 1 | 8,256 | 7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
73 | 3,024,908 | 24,681 | 211 | 4,850,648 | 235,780 | 284 | 7,875,556 | 260,461 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 73 | $ | 3,024,908 | $ | 24,681 | 214 | $ | 4,876,750 | $ | 236,245 | 287 | $ | 7,901,658 | $ | 260,926 | |||||||||||||||||||||
The following table summarizes (in thousands, except number of positions) the held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2008. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated | Gross | Estimated | Gross | Estimated | Gross | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of | Fair | Unrealized | Number of | Fair | Unrealized | Number of | Fair | Unrealized | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Positions | Value | Losses | Positions | Value | Losses | Positions | Value | Losses | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debentures | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | 4 | $ | 35,620 | $ | 935 | — | $ | — | $ | — | 4 | $ | 35,620 | $ | 935 | |||||||||||||||||||||
State housing agency obligation | 1 | 3,428 | 357 | — | — | — | 1 | 3,428 | 357 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 39,048 | 1,292 | — | — | — | 5 | 39,048 | 1,292 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | 9 | 26,746 | 764 | 2 | 1,082 | 40 | 11 | 27,828 | 804 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprises | 130 | 5,116,293 | 108,241 | 115 | 3,695,248 | 160,515 | 245 | 8,811,541 | 268,756 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-agency residential mortgage- backed securities | — | — | — | 42 | 399,764 | 277,040 | 42 | 399,764 | 277,040 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities | 10 | 286,749 | 10,356 | — | — | — | 10 | 286,749 | 10,356 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
149 | 5,429,788 | 119,361 | 159 | 4,096,094 | 437,595 | 308 | 9,525,882 | 556,956 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Totals | 154 | $ | 5,468,836 | $ | 120,653 | 159 | $ | 4,096,094 | $ | 437,595 | 313 | $ | 9,564,930 | $ | 558,248 | |||||||||||||||||||||
The unrealized losses on the Bank’s held-to-maturity securities portfolio as of September 30, 2009 were generally attributable to the continuing, though diminished, dislocation in the credit markets. All of the Bank’s held-to-maturity securities are rated by one or more of the following nationally recognized statistical ratings organizations (“NRSROs”): Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), Standard and Poor’s (“S&P”) and/or Fitch Ratings, Ltd. (“Fitch”). With the exception of 20 non-agency (i.e., private label) residential mortgage-backed securities, as presented below, none of these organizations had rated any of the securities held by the Bank lower than the highest investment grade credit rating at September 30, 2009. Based upon the Bank’s assessment of the creditworthiness of the issuers of the debentures held by the Bank, the credit ratings assigned by the NRSROs, the strength of the government-sponsored enterprises’ guarantees of the Bank’s holdings of agency mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and, in the case of its non-agency commercial MBS (“CMBS”), the performance of the underlying loans and the credit support provided by the subordinate securities, the Bank expects that its holdings of U.S. government guaranteed debentures, state housing agency debentures, U.S. government guaranteed MBS, government-sponsored enterprise MBS and non-agency CMBS would not be settled at an amount less than the Bank’s amortized cost bases in these investments. Because the declines in market value are not attributable to credit quality, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, the Bank does not consider any of these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2009.
As of September 30, 2009, the gross unrealized losses on the Bank’s holdings of non-agency residential MBS (“RMBS”) totaled $166,338,000, which represented 30.6 percent of the securities’ amortized cost at that date. The deterioration in the U.S. housing markets, as reflected by declines in the values of residential real estate and increasing levels of delinquencies, defaults and losses on residential mortgages, including the mortgages underlying the Bank’s non-agency RMBS, has generally elevated the risk that the Bank may not ultimately recover the entire cost bases of some of its non-agency RMBS. Despite the elevated risk, based on its analysis of the securities in this portfolio, the Bank believes that the unrealized losses noted above were principally the result of diminished liquidity
10
Table of Contents
and significant risk-related discounts in the non-agency RMBS market and do not accurately reflect the actual historical or currently likely future credit performance of the securities.
As noted above, all of the Bank’s held-to-maturity securities are rated by one or more NRSROs. The following table presents the credit ratings assigned to the Bank’s non-agency RMBS as of September 30, 2009 (dollars in thousands). The credit ratings presented in the table represent the lowest rating assigned to the security by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch.
Credit Rating | Number of Securities | Amortized Cost | Carrying Value | Estimated Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | |||||||||||||||
Triple-A | 20 | $ | 225,787 | $ | 225,787 | $ | 196,225 | $ | 29,562 | |||||||||||
Double-A | 5 | 54,614 | 54,614 | 36,061 | 18,553 | |||||||||||||||
Single-A | 2 | 40,556 | 40,556 | 25,738 | 14,818 | |||||||||||||||
Triple-B | 6 | 82,350 | 70,966 | 42,618 | 39,732 | |||||||||||||||
Double-B | 3 | 35,172 | 23,677 | 18,758 | 16,414 | |||||||||||||||
Single-B | 3 | 60,488 | 28,483 | 30,562 | 29,926 | |||||||||||||||
Triple-C | 1 | 44,876 | 27,543 | 27,543 | 17,333 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 40 | $ | 543,843 | $ | 471,626 | $ | 377,505 | $ | 166,338 | |||||||||||
Because the ultimate receipt of contractual payments on the Bank’s non-agency RMBS will depend upon the credit and prepayment performance of the underlying loans and the credit enhancements for the senior securities owned by the Bank, the Bank closely monitors these investments in an effort to determine whether the credit enhancement associated with each security is sufficient to protect against potential losses of principal and interest on the underlying mortgage loans. The credit enhancement for each of the Bank’s non-agency RMBS is provided by a senior/subordinate structure, and none of the securities owned by the Bank are insured by third party bond insurers. More specifically, each of the Bank’s non-agency RMBS represents a single security class within a securitization that has multiple classes of securities. Each security class has a distinct claim on the cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans, with the subordinate securities having a junior claim relative to the more senior securities. The Bank’s non-agency RMBS have a senior claim on the cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans.
To assess whether the entire amortized cost bases of its non-agency RMBS will be recovered, the Bank performed a cash flow analysis for each security as of September 30, 2009 using two third party models. The first model considers borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Bank’s securities, in conjunction with assumptions about future changes in home prices and interest rates, to project prepayments, defaults and loss severities. A significant input to the first model is the forecast of future housing price changes for the relevant states and core based statistical areas (“CBSAs”), which are based upon an assessment of the individual housing markets. (The term CBSA refers collectively to metropolitan and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget; as currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one urban area of 10,000 or more people.) The Bank’s housing price forecast as of September 30, 2009 assumed current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0 percent to 20 percent over the next 9 to 15 months. Thereafter, home prices are projected to increase 0 percent in the first six months, 0.5 percent in the next six months, 3 percent in the second year and 4 percent in each subsequent year. The month-by-month projections of future loan performance derived from the first model, which reflect projected prepayments, defaults and loss severities, are then input into a second model that allocates the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in the securitization structure in accordance with its prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules. In a securitization in which the credit enhancement for the senior securities is derived from the presence of subordinate securities, losses are generally allocated first to the subordinate securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero.
Based on the results of its cash flow analyses, the Bank determined that it is likely that it will not fully recover the amortized cost bases of seven of its non-agency RMBS and, accordingly, these securities were deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2009. These securities included four securities, with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $98.8 million at September 30, 2009, that had previously been identified as other-than-temporarily impaired in prior periods and three securities, with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $52.0 million at September 30, 2009, that were initially determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of
11
Table of Contents
September 30, 2009. The difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from these seven securities and their amortized cost bases (i.e., the credit losses) totaled $2,312,000 as of September 30, 2009. Because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their remaining amortized cost bases (that is, their previous amortized cost basis less the current-period credit loss), only the amounts related to the credit losses were recognized in earnings.
The following tables set forth additional information for each of the securities that were deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2009 (in thousands). The information is as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The credit ratings presented in the first table represent the lowest rating assigned to the security by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch as of September 30, 2009.
Period of | Credit | Non-Credit | ||||||||||||||
Initial | Credit | Total | Component | Component | ||||||||||||
Impairment | Rating | OTTI | of OTTI | of OTTI | ||||||||||||
Security #1 | Q1 2009 | Single-B | $ | 13,139 | $ | 1,369 | $ | 11,770 | ||||||||
Security #2 | Q1 2009 | Double-B | 13,076 | 16 | 13,060 | |||||||||||
Security #3 | Q2 2009 | Triple-C | 19,358 | 1,029 | 18,329 | |||||||||||
Security #4 | Q2 2009 | Triple-B | 8,585 | 54 | 8,531 | |||||||||||
Security #5 | Q3 2009 | Single-B | 11,738 | 220 | 11,518 | |||||||||||
Security #6 | Q3 2009 | Single-B | 10,502 | 274 | 10,228 | |||||||||||
Security #7 | Q3 2009 | Triple-B | 3,544 | 21 | 3,523 | |||||||||||
Totals | $ | 79,942 | $ | 2,983 | $ | 76,959 | ||||||||||
Amortized Cost | Accretion of | |||||||||||||||||||
After Credit | Non-Credit | Non-Credit | ||||||||||||||||||
Component of OTTI | Component of OTTI | Component of OTTI | Carrying Value | Estimated Fair Value | ||||||||||||||||
Security #1 | $ | 16,683 | $ | 11,770 | $ | 1,511 | $ | 6,424 | $ | 8,503 | ||||||||||
Security #2 | 20,530 | 13,060 | 1,566 | 9,036 | 11,037 | |||||||||||||||
Security #3 | 44,876 | 18,329 | 996 | 27,543 | 27,543 | |||||||||||||||
Security #4 | 14,247 | 8,531 | 669 | 6,385 | 7,665 | |||||||||||||||
Security #5 | 23,373 | 11,518 | — | 11,855 | 11,855 | |||||||||||||||
Security #6 | 20,432 | 10,228 | — | 10,204 | 10,204 | |||||||||||||||
Security #7 | 7,713 | 3,523 | — | 4,190 | 4,190 | |||||||||||||||
Totals | $ | 147,854 | $ | 76,959 | $ | 4,742 | $ | 75,637 | $ | 80,997 | ||||||||||
12
Table of Contents
For those securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment was determined to have occurred as of September 30, 2009, the following table presents a summary of the significant inputs used to measure the amount of the credit loss recognized in earnings during the three months ended September 30, 2009 (dollars in thousands):
Significant Inputs | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unpaid | Projected | Projected | Projected | Current | ||||||||||||||||||||
Year of | Collateral | Principal | Prepayment | Default | Loss | Credit | ||||||||||||||||||
Securitization | Type | Balance | Rate | Rate | Severity | Enhancement | ||||||||||||||||||
Security #1 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | $ | 18,054 | 6.4 | % | 77.1 | % | 48.2 | % | 37.9 | % | ||||||||||||
Security #2 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 20,546 | 8.4 | % | 61.0 | % | 51.3 | % | 51.0 | % | |||||||||||||
Security #3 | 2006 | Alt-A/Fixed Rate | 45,905 | 14.0 | % | 25.4 | % | 43.2 | % | 8.7 | % | |||||||||||||
Security #4 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 14,300 | 6.8 | % | 71.8 | % | 44.5 | % | 50.7 | % | |||||||||||||
Security #5 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 23,594 | 8.0 | % | 74.6 | % | 49.3 | % | 49.7 | % | |||||||||||||
Security #6 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 20,706 | 7.5 | % | 66.4 | % | 40.2 | % | 31.7 | % | |||||||||||||
Security #7 | 2004 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 7,725 | 10.0 | % | 55.0 | % | 42.0 | % | 34.7 | % | |||||||||||||
Total | $ | 150,830 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
The following table presents a rollforward for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 of the amount related to credit losses on the Bank’s non-agency RMBS holdings for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income (in thousands).
Three Months | Nine Months | |||||||
Ended | Ended | |||||||
September 30, 2009 | September 30, 2009 | |||||||
Balance of credit losses, beginning of period | $ | 671 | $ | — | ||||
Credit losses for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized | 515 | 2,983 | ||||||
Additional other-than-temporary impairment credit losses for which an other-than-temporary impairment charge was previously recognized | 1,797 | — | ||||||
Balance of credit losses, end of period | $ | 2,983 | $ | 2,983 | ||||
Because the Bank currently expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of each of its other non-agency RMBS holdings, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, the Bank does not consider any of its other non-agency RMBS to be other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2009.
Redemption Terms.The amortized cost, carrying value and estimated fair value of held-to-maturity securities by contractual maturity at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are presented below (in thousands). The expected maturities of some securities could differ from the contractual maturities presented because issuers may have the right to call such securities prior to their final stated maturities.
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated | Estimated | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized | Carrying | Fair | Amortized | Carrying | Fair | |||||||||||||||||||
Maturity | Cost | Value | Value | Cost | Value | Value | ||||||||||||||||||
Due in one year or less | $ | 484 | $ | 484 | $ | 485 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||
Due after one year through five years | 4,131 | 4,131 | 4,212 | 5,386 | 5,386 | 5,565 | ||||||||||||||||||
Due after five years through ten years | 32,015 | 32,015 | 32,345 | 35,527 | 35,527 | 35,768 | ||||||||||||||||||
Due after ten years | 26,567 | 26,567 | 26,102 | 28,760 | 28,760 | 27,629 | ||||||||||||||||||
63,197 | 63,197 | 63,144 | 69,673 | 69,673 | 68,962 | |||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities | 12,203,327 | 12,131,110 | 12,005,482 | 11,631,831 | 11,631,831 | 11,100,900 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 12,266,524 | $ | 12,194,307 | $ | 12,068,626 | $ | 11,701,504 | $ | 11,701,504 | $ | 11,169,862 | ||||||||||||
The amortized cost of the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities classified as held-to-maturity includes net purchase discounts of $158,456,000 and $161,711,000 at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
13
Table of Contents
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table provides interest rate payment terms for investment securities classified as held-to-maturity at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||
Amortized cost of variable-rate held-to-maturity securities other than mortgage-backed securities | $ | 63,197 | $ | 69,673 | ||||
Amortized cost of held-to-maturity mortgage-backed securities | ||||||||
Fixed-rate pass-through securities | 1,058 | 1,253 | ||||||
Collateralized mortgage obligations | ||||||||
Fixed-rate | 79,917 | 299,528 | ||||||
Variable-rate | 12,122,352 | 11,331,050 | ||||||
12,203,327 | 11,631,831 | |||||||
Total | $ | 12,266,524 | $ | 11,701,504 | ||||
All of the Bank’s variable-rate collateralized mortgage obligations classified as held-to-maturity securities have coupon rates that are subject to interest rate caps, none of which were reached during 2008 or the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Note 5—Advances
Redemption Terms.At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank had advances outstanding at interest rates ranging from 0.04 percent to 8.66 percent and 0.05 percent to 8.66 percent, respectively, as summarized below (in thousands).
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Weighted | Weighted | |||||||||||||||
Average | Average | |||||||||||||||
Contractual Maturity | Amount | Interest Rate | Amount | Interest Rate | ||||||||||||
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts | $ | 13,237 | 4.08 | % | $ | 99 | 4.08 | % | ||||||||
Due in one year or less | 15,822,974 | 1.01 | 20,465,819 | 1.69 | ||||||||||||
Due after one year through two years | 8,337,200 | 1.31 | 8,346,234 | 2.41 | ||||||||||||
Due after two years through three years | 7,181,413 | 0.98 | 6,912,931 | 2.83 | ||||||||||||
Due after three years through four years | 9,076,212 | 0.86 | 7,916,643 | 2.40 | ||||||||||||
Due after four years through five years | 1,945,306 | 1.09 | 8,489,391 | 2.52 | ||||||||||||
Due after five years | 3,813,248 | 3.65 | 4,459,565 | 3.45 | ||||||||||||
Amortizing advances | 3,366,102 | 4.56 | 3,654,181 | 4.62 | ||||||||||||
Total par value | 49,555,692 | 1.48 | % | 60,244,863 | 2.44 | % | ||||||||||
Deferred prepayment fees | (870 | ) | (937 | ) | ||||||||||||
Commitment fees | (76 | ) | (28 | ) | ||||||||||||
Hedging adjustments | 479,867 | 675,985 | ||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 50,034,613 | $ | 60,919,883 | ||||||||||||
The balance of overdrawn demand deposit accounts was fully collateralized at September 30, 2009 and was repaid on October 1, 2009. Amortizing advances require repayment according to predetermined amortization schedules.
The Bank offers advances to members that may be prepaid on specified dates without the member incurring prepayment or termination fees (prepayable and callable advances). The prepayment of other advances requires the payment of a fee to the Bank (prepayment fee) if necessary to make the Bank financially indifferent to the prepayment of the advance. At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank had aggregate prepayable and callable advances totaling $210,367,000 and $204,543,000, respectively.
14
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes advances at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, by the earliest of contractual maturity, next call date, or the first date on which prepayable advances can be repaid without a prepayment fee (in thousands):
Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date | September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | ||||||
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts | $ | 13,237 | $ | 99 | ||||
Due in one year or less | 15,903,056 | 20,528,616 | ||||||
Due after one year through two years | 8,369,191 | 8,382,703 | ||||||
Due after two years through three years | 7,181,758 | 6,943,915 | ||||||
Due after three years through four years | 9,101,283 | 7,943,468 | ||||||
Due after four years through five years | 1,963,242 | 8,486,971 | ||||||
Due after five years | 3,657,823 | 4,304,910 | ||||||
Amortizing advances | 3,366,102 | 3,654,181 | ||||||
Total par value | $ | 49,555,692 | $ | 60,244,863 | ||||
The Bank also offers putable advances. With a putable advance, the Bank purchases a put option from the member that allows the Bank to terminate the fixed rate advance on specified dates and offer, subject to certain conditions, replacement funding at prevailing market rates. At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank had putable advances outstanding totaling $4,146,521,000 and $4,200,521,000, respectively.
The following table summarizes advances at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, by the earlier of contractual maturity or next possible put date (in thousands):
Contractual Maturity or Next Put Date | September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | ||||||
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts | $ | 13,237 | $ | 99 | ||||
Due in one year or less | 18,439,844 | 23,095,889 | ||||||
Due after one year through two years | 8,618,650 | 8,457,034 | ||||||
Due after two years through three years | 7,274,163 | 7,119,881 | ||||||
Due after three years through four years | 8,615,612 | 7,887,393 | ||||||
Due after four years through five years | 1,919,905 | 8,033,791 | ||||||
Due after five years | 1,308,179 | 1,996,595 | ||||||
Amortizing advances | 3,366,102 | 3,654,181 | ||||||
Total par value | $ | 49,555,692 | $ | 60,244,863 | ||||
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table provides interest rate payment terms for advances at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (in thousands, based upon par amount):
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||
Fixed-rate | $ | 23,947,347 | $ | 29,449,463 | ||||
Variable-rate | 25,608,345 | 30,795,400 | ||||||
Total par value | $ | 49,555,692 | $ | 60,244,863 | ||||
Prepayment Fees.The Bank records prepayment fees received from members/borrowers on prepaid advances net of any associated hedging adjustments on those advances. These fees are reflected as interest income in the statements of income either immediately (as prepayment fees on advances) or over time (as interest income on advances) as further described below. In cases in which the Bank funds a new advance concurrent with or within a short period of time before or after the prepayment of an existing advance and the advance meets the accounting criteria to qualify as a modification of the prepaid advance, the net prepayment fee on the prepaid advance is deferred, recorded in the basis of the modified advance, and amortized into interest income over the life of the
15
Table of Contents
modified advance using the level-yield method. Gross advance prepayment fees received from members/borrowers were $15,377,000 and $384,000 during the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were $25,720,000 and $1,703,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. None of the gross advance prepayment fees were deferred during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 or the three months ended September 30, 2008. The Bank deferred $88,000 of the gross advance prepayment fees during the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
Note 6—Consolidated Obligations
Consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of the FHLBanks and consist of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes. Consolidated obligations are backed by the financial resources of the 12 FHLBanks. Consolidated obligations are not obligations of, nor are they guaranteed by, the United States Government. The FHLBanks issue consolidated obligations through the Office of Finance as their agent. In connection with each debt issuance, one or more of the FHLBanks specifies the amount of debt it wants issued on its behalf; the Bank receives the proceeds only of the debt issued on its behalf and is the primary obligor only for the portion of bonds and discount notes for which it has received the proceeds. The Bank records on its balance sheet only that portion of the consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor. Consolidated obligation bonds are issued primarily to raise intermediate- and long-term funds for the FHLBanks and are not subject to any statutory or regulatory limits on maturity. Consolidated obligation discount notes are issued to raise short-term funds and have maturities of one year or less. These notes are issued at a price that is less than their face amount and are redeemed at par value when they mature. For additional information regarding the FHLBanks’ joint and several liability on consolidated obligations, see Note 12.
The par amounts of the 12 FHLBanks’ outstanding consolidated obligations, including consolidated obligations held as investments by other FHLBanks, were approximately $974 billion and $1.252 trillion at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The Bank was the primary obligor on $62.4 billion and $72.9 billion (at par value), respectively, of these consolidated obligations.
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table summarizes the Bank’s consolidated obligation bonds outstanding by interest rate payment terms at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (in thousands, at par value).
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||
Fixed-rate | $ | 23,653,705 | $ | 42,821,181 | ||||
Variable-rate | 24,445,000 | 13,093,000 | ||||||
Step-up | 3,127,000 | 77,635 | ||||||
Variable that converts to fixed | 320,000 | — | ||||||
Step-down | 100,000 | 15,000 | ||||||
Total par value | $ | 51,645,705 | $ | 56,006,816 | ||||
16
Table of Contents
Redemption Terms.The following is a summary of the Bank’s consolidated obligation bonds outstanding at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, by contractual maturity (in thousands):
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Weighted | Weighted | |||||||||||||||
Average | Average | |||||||||||||||
Interest | Interest | |||||||||||||||
Contractual Maturity | Amount | Rate | Amount | Rate | ||||||||||||
Due in one year or less | $ | 27,318,895 | 1.28 | % | $ | 37,685,991 | 2.88 | % | ||||||||
Due after one year through two years | 15,124,420 | 1.08 | 9,783,835 | 3.56 | ||||||||||||
Due after two years through three years | 3,152,625 | 2.84 | 2,238,685 | 4.18 | ||||||||||||
Due after three years through four years | 1,837,500 | 3.95 | 1,688,940 | 4.71 | ||||||||||||
Due after four years through five years | 1,411,690 | 3.60 | 944,015 | 4.39 | ||||||||||||
Thereafter | 2,800,575 | 4.37 | 3,665,350 | 5.52 | ||||||||||||
Total par value | 51,645,705 | 1.65 | % | 56,006,816 | 3.31 | % | ||||||||||
Premiums | 73,070 | 55,546 | ||||||||||||||
Discounts | (16,322 | ) | (19,352 | ) | ||||||||||||
Hedging adjustments | 380,317 | 570,585 | ||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 52,082,770 | $ | 56,613,595 | ||||||||||||
At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank’s consolidated obligation bonds outstanding included the following (in thousands, at par value):
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||
Non-callable bonds | $ | 45,336,965 | $ | 44,704,926 | ||||
Callable bonds | 6,308,740 | 11,301,890 | ||||||
Total par value | $ | 51,645,705 | $ | 56,006,816 | ||||
The following table summarizes the Bank’s consolidated obligation bonds outstanding at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, by the earlier of contractual maturity or next possible call date (in thousands, at par value):
Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date | September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | ||||||
Due in one year or less | $ | 31,406,895 | $ | 43,907,096 | ||||
Due after one year through two years | 14,916,420 | 7,201,835 | ||||||
Due after two years through three years | 2,464,945 | 1,766,005 | ||||||
Due after three years through four years | 1,487,500 | 1,267,440 | ||||||
Due after four years through five years | 376,690 | 645,000 | ||||||
Thereafter | 993,255 | 1,219,440 | ||||||
Total par value | $ | 51,645,705 | $ | 56,006,816 | ||||
Discount Notes.At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank’s consolidated obligation discount notes, all of which are due within one year, were as follows (in thousands):
Weighted | ||||||||||||
Average | ||||||||||||
Book Value | Par Value | Interest Rate | ||||||||||
September 30, 2009 | $ | 10,727,576 | $ | 10,737,882 | 0.55 | % | ||||||
December 31, 2008 | $ | 16,745,420 | $ | 16,923,982 | 2.65 | % | ||||||
Government-Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility.On September 9, 2008, the Bank and each of the other 11 FHLBanks entered into separate but identical Lending Agreements with the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) in connection with the Treasury’s establishment of a Government-Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility. The facility was authorized by the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 and is designed to serve as a contingent source of liquidity for the housing government-sponsored enterprises, including each of the FHLBanks. For additional information regarding this contingent source of liquidity, see Note 12.
17
Table of Contents
Note 7—Affordable Housing Program (“AHP”)
The following table summarizes the changes in the Bank’s AHP liability during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
2009 | 2008 | |||||||
Balance, beginning of period | $ | 43,067 | $ | 47,440 | ||||
AHP assessment | 12,065 | 16,447 | ||||||
Grants funded, net of recaptured amounts | (12,226 | ) | (10,083 | ) | ||||
Balance, end of period | $ | 42,906 | $ | 53,804 | ||||
Note 8—Derivatives and Hedging Activities
Hedging Activities.As a financial intermediary, the Bank is exposed to interest rate risk. This risk arises from a variety of financial instruments that the Bank enters into on a regular basis in the normal course of its business. The Bank enters into interest rate swap, cap and forward rate agreements (collectively, interest rate exchange agreements) to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. The Bank may use these instruments to adjust the effective maturity, repricing frequency, or option characteristics of financial instruments to achieve risk management objectives. The Bank uses interest rate exchange agreements in two ways: either by designating the agreement as a fair value hedge of a specific financial instrument or firm commitment or by designating the agreement as a hedge of some defined risk in the course of its balance sheet management (referred to as an “economic hedge”). For example, the Bank uses interest rate exchange agreements in its overall interest rate risk management activities to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of consolidated obligations to approximate more closely the interest rate sensitivity of its assets (both advances and investments), and/or to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of advances or investments to approximate more closely the interest rate sensitivity of its liabilities. In addition to using interest rate exchange agreements to manage mismatches between the coupon features of its assets and liabilities, the Bank also uses interest rate exchange agreements to manage embedded options in assets and liabilities, to preserve the market value of existing assets and liabilities, to hedge the duration risk of prepayable instruments, to offset interest rate exchange agreements entered into with members (the Bank serves as an intermediary in these transactions), and to reduce funding costs.
The Bank, consistent with Finance Agency regulations, enters into interest rate exchange agreements only to reduce potential market risk exposures inherent in otherwise unhedged assets and liabilities or to act as an intermediary between its members and the Bank’s derivative counterparties. The Bank is not a derivatives dealer and it does not trade derivatives for short-term profit.
At inception, the Bank formally documents the relationships between derivatives designated as hedging instruments and their hedged items, its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions, and its method for assessing the effectiveness of the hedging relationships. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges to: (1) specific assets and liabilities on the statement of condition or (2) firm commitments. The Bank also formally assesses (both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on a monthly basis thereafter) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain effective in future periods. The Bank uses regression analyses to assess the effectiveness of its hedges.
Investments— The Bank has invested in agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities. The interest rate and prepayment risk associated with these investment securities is managed through consolidated obligations and/or derivatives. The Bank may manage prepayment and duration risk presented by some investment securities with either callable or non-callable consolidated obligations or interest rate exchange agreements, including caps and interest rate swaps.
A substantial portion of the Bank’s held-to-maturity securities are variable-rate mortgage-backed securities that include caps that would limit the variable-rate coupons if short-term interest rates rise dramatically. To hedge a
18
Table of Contents
portion of the potential cap risk embedded in these securities, the Bank enters into interest rate cap agreements. These derivatives are treated as economic hedges.
For available-for-sale securities that were hedged (with fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps) and qualified as a fair value hedge, as described below, the Bank recorded the portion of the change in value related to the risk being hedged in other income (loss) as “net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities” together with the related change in the fair value of the interest rate exchange agreement, and the remainder of the change in value of the securities in other comprehensive income as “net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities.”
Advances— The Bank issues both fixed-rate and variable-rate advances. When appropriate, the Bank uses interest rate exchange agreements to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of its fixed-rate advances to more closely approximate the interest rate sensitivity of its liabilities. With issuances of putable advances, the Bank purchases from the member a put option that enables the Bank to terminate a fixed-rate advance on specified future dates. This embedded option is clearly and closely related to the host advance contract. The Bank typically hedges a putable advance by entering into a cancelable interest rate exchange agreement where the Bank pays a fixed coupon and receives a variable coupon, and sells an option to cancel the swap to the swap counterparty. This type of hedge is treated as a fair value hedge. The swap counterparty can cancel the interest rate exchange agreement on the call date and the Bank can cancel the putable advance and offer, subject to certain conditions, replacement funding at prevailing market rates.
A small portion of the Bank’s variable-rate advances are subject to interest rate caps that would limit the variable-rate coupons if short-term interest rates rise above a predetermined level. To hedge the cap risk embedded in these advances, the Bank generally enters into interest rate cap agreements. This type of hedge is treated as a fair value hedge.
The optionality embedded in certain financial instruments held by the Bank can create interest rate risk. When a member prepays an advance, the Bank could suffer lower future income if the principal portion of the prepaid advance is reinvested in lower-yielding assets that continue to be funded by higher-cost debt. To protect against this risk, the Bank generally charges a prepayment fee that makes it financially indifferent to a borrower’s decision to prepay an advance.
The Bank may hedge a firm commitment for a forward-starting advance through the use of an interest rate swap. In this case, the swap will function as the hedging instrument for both the firm commitment and the subsequent advance. The carrying value of the firm commitment will be included in the basis of the advance at the time the commitment is terminated and the advance is issued. The basis adjustment will then be amortized into interest income over the life of the advance.
Consolidated Obligations- While consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of the FHLBanks, each FHLBank is the primary obligor for the consolidated obligations it has issued or assumed from another FHLBank. The Bank generally enters into derivative contracts to hedge the interest rate risk associated with its specific debt issuances.
To manage the interest rate risk of certain of its consolidated obligations, the Bank will match the cash outflow on a consolidated obligation with the cash inflow of an interest rate exchange agreement. With issuances of fixed-rate consolidated obligation bonds, the Bank typically enters into a matching interest rate exchange agreement in which the counterparty pays fixed cash flows to the Bank that are designed to mirror in timing and amount the cash outflows the Bank pays on the consolidated obligation. In this transaction, the Bank pays a variable cash flow that closely matches the interest payments it receives on short-term or variable-rate assets, typically one-month or three-month LIBOR. Such transactions are treated as fair value hedges. On occasion, the Bank may enter into fixed-for-floating interest rate exchange agreements to hedge the interest rate risk associated with certain of its consolidated obligation discount notes. The derivatives associated with the Bank’s discount note hedging are treated as economic hedges. The Bank may also use interest rate exchange agreements to convert variable-rate consolidated obligation bonds from one index rate (e.g., the daily federal funds rate) to another index rate (e.g., one- or three-month LIBOR); these transactions are treated as economic hedges.
19
Table of Contents
The Bank has not issued consolidated obligations denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars.
Balance Sheet Management —From time to time, the Bank may enter into interest rate basis swaps to reduce its exposure to widening spreads between one-month and three-month LIBOR. In addition, to reduce its exposure to reset risk, the Bank may occasionally enter into forward rate agreements. These derivatives are treated as economic hedges.
Intermediation —The Bank offers interest rate swaps, caps and floors to its members to assist them in meeting their hedging needs. In these transactions, the Bank acts as an intermediary for its members by entering into an interest rate exchange agreement with a member and then entering into an offsetting interest rate exchange agreement with one of the Bank’s approved derivative counterparties. All interest rate exchange agreements related to the Bank’s intermediary activities with its members are accounted for as economic hedges.
Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities.The Bank accounts for derivatives and hedging activities in accordance with the guidance in ASC 815“Derivatives and Hedging.”All derivatives are recognized on the statements of condition at their fair values, including accrued interest receivable and payable. For purposes of reporting derivative assets and derivative liabilities, the Bank offsets the fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement (including any cash collateral remitted to or received from the counterparty).
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is effective as — and that is designated and qualifies as — a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk (including changes that reflect gains or losses on firm commitments), are recorded in current period earnings. Any hedge ineffectiveness (which represents the amount by which the change in the fair value of the derivative differs from the change in the fair value of the hedged item) is recorded in other income (loss) as “net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities.” Net interest income/expense associated with derivatives that qualify for fair value hedge accounting under ASC 815 is recorded as a component of net interest income. An economic hedge is defined as a derivative hedging specific or non-specific assets or liabilities that does not qualify or was not designated for hedge accounting under ASC 815, but is an acceptable hedging strategy under the Bank’s Risk Management Policy. These hedging strategies also comply with Finance Agency regulatory requirements prohibiting speculative hedge transactions. An economic hedge by definition introduces the potential for earnings variability as changes in the fair value of a derivative designated as an economic hedge are recorded in current period earnings with no offsetting fair value adjustment to an asset or liability. Both the net interest income/expense and the fair value adjustments associated with derivatives in economic hedging relationships are recorded in other income (loss) as “net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities.” Cash flows associated with derivatives are reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the statements of cash flows, unless the derivatives contain an other-than-insignificant financing element, in which case the cash flows are reported as cash flows from financing activities.
If hedging relationships meet certain criteria specified in ASC 815, they are eligible for hedge accounting and the offsetting changes in fair value of the hedged items may be recorded in earnings. The application of hedge accounting generally requires the Bank to evaluate the effectiveness of the hedging relationships on an ongoing basis and to calculate the changes in fair value of the derivatives and related hedged items independently. This is commonly known as the “long-haul” method of accounting. Transactions that meet more stringent criteria qualify for the “short-cut” method of hedge accounting in which an assumption can be made that the change in fair value of a hedged item exactly offsets the change in value of the related derivative. The Bank considers hedges of committed advances and consolidated obligations to be eligible for the short-cut method of accounting as long as the settlement of the committed advance or consolidated obligation occurs within the shortest period possible for that type of instrument based on market settlement conventions, the fair value of the swap is zero at the inception of the hedging relationship, and the transaction meets all of the other criteria for short-cut accounting specified in ASC 815. The Bank has defined the market settlement conventions to be 5 business days or less for advances and 30 calendar days or less using a next business day convention for consolidated obligations. The Bank records the changes in fair value of the derivative and the hedged item beginning on the trade date.
The Bank may issue debt, make advances, or purchase financial instruments in which a derivative instrument is “embedded” and the financial instrument that embodies the embedded derivative instrument is not remeasured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur. Upon execution of these transactions, the Bank
20
Table of Contents
assesses whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the financial instrument (i.e., the host contract) and whether a separate, non-embedded instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract and (2) a separate, stand-alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract, carried at fair value, and designated as either (1) a hedging instrument in a fair value hedge or (2) a stand-alone derivative instrument pursuant to an economic hedge. However, if the entire contract were to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current earnings, or if the Bank could not reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative for purposes of separating that derivative from its host contract, the entire contract would be carried on the statement of condition at fair value and no portion of the contract would be separately accounted for as a derivative.
The Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (1) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of a hedged item; (2) the derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (4) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument in accordance with ASC 815 is no longer appropriate.
When fair value hedge accounting for a specific derivative is discontinued due to the Bank’s determination that such derivative no longer qualifies for hedge accounting treatment, the Bank will continue to carry the derivative on the statement of condition at its fair value, cease to adjust the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value, and amortize the cumulative basis adjustment on the formerly hedged item into earnings over its remaining term using the level-yield method. In all cases in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Bank will carry the derivative at its fair value on the statement of condition, recognizing changes in the fair value of the derivative in current period earnings.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the Bank continues to carry the derivative on the statement of condition at its fair value, removing from the statement of condition any asset or liability that was recorded to recognize the firm commitment and recording it as a gain or loss in current period earnings.
21
Table of Contents
Impact of Derivatives and Hedging Activities.The following table summarizes the notional balances and estimated fair values of the Bank’s outstanding derivatives at September 30, 2009 (in thousands).
Notional | Estimated Fair Value | |||||||||||
Amount of | Derivative | Derivative | ||||||||||
Derivatives | Assets | Liabilities | ||||||||||
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps | ||||||||||||
Advances | $ | 11,263,635 | $ | 21,018 | $ | 583,959 | ||||||
Consolidated obligation bonds | 24,863,220 | 565,788 | 1,676 | |||||||||
Interest rate caps related to advances | 76,000 | 83 | — | |||||||||
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 | 36,202,855 | 586,889 | 585,635 | |||||||||
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps | ||||||||||||
Advances | 7,000 | — | 151 | |||||||||
Consolidated obligation bonds | 8,045,000 | 25,273 | — | |||||||||
Consolidated obligation discount notes | 7,552,452 | 15,683 | — | |||||||||
Basis swaps | 9,700,000 | 19,245 | 1,147 | |||||||||
Intermediary transactions | 24,200 | 155 | 107 | |||||||||
Interest rate caps related to advances | 20,000 | 8 | — | |||||||||
Interest rate caps related to held-to-maturity securities | 2,500,000 | 26,322 | — | |||||||||
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 | 27,848,652 | 86,686 | 1,405 | |||||||||
Total derivatives before netting and collateral adjustments | $ | 64,051,507 | 673,575 | 587,040 | ||||||||
Cash collateral and related accrued interest | (202,967 | ) | (167,104 | ) | ||||||||
Netting adjustments | (416,491 | ) | (416,491 | ) | ||||||||
Total collateral and netting adjustments(1) | (619,458 | ) | (583,595 | ) | ||||||||
Net derivative balances reported in statement of condition | $ | 54,117 | $ | 3,445 | ||||||||
(1) | Amounts represent the effect of legally enforceable master netting agreements between the Bank and its derivative counterparties that allow the Bank to offset positive and negative positions as well as the cash collateral held or placed with those same counterparties. |
22
Table of Contents
The following table presents the components of net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities as presented in the statements of income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 (in thousands).
Gain (Loss) | Gain (Loss) | |||||||
Recognized in | Recognized in | |||||||
Earnings for the | Earnings for the | |||||||
Three Months Ended | Nine Months Ended | |||||||
September 30, 2009 | September 30, 2009 | |||||||
Derivatives and hedged items in ASC 815 fair value hedging relationships | ||||||||
Interest rate swaps | $ | 310 | $ | 57,420 | ||||
Interest rate caps | (116 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||
Total net gain related to fair value hedge ineffectiveness | 194 | 57,404 | ||||||
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 | ||||||||
Net interest income on interest rate swaps | 19,667 | 93,003 | ||||||
Interest rate swaps | ||||||||
Advances | (41 | ) | (48 | ) | ||||
Consolidated obligation bonds | 3,789 | 19,711 | ||||||
Consolidated obligation discount notes | (1,049 | ) | (4,810 | ) | ||||
Basis swaps | (5,345 | ) | 4,022 | |||||
Intermediary transactions | — | 32 | ||||||
Interest rate caps | ||||||||
Advances | (10 | ) | 4 | |||||
Held-to-maturity securities | (3,125 | ) | 5,496 | |||||
Total net gain related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 | 13,886 | 117,410 | ||||||
Net gains on derivatives and hedging activities reported in the statement of income | $ | 14,080 | $ | 174,814 | ||||
The following table presents, by type of hedged item, the gains (losses) on derivatives and the related hedged items in ASC 815 fair value hedging relationships and the impact of those derivatives on the Bank’s net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2009 (in thousands).
Gain (Loss) on | Gain (Loss) on | Net Fair Value Hedge | Derivative Net Interest | |||||||||||||
Hedged Item | Derivatives | Hedged Items | Ineffectiveness(1) | Income (Expense)(2) | ||||||||||||
Advances | $ | (57,332 | ) | $ | 56,474 | $ | (858 | ) | $ | (83,138 | ) | |||||
Available-for-sale securities | 4 | (4 | ) | — | — | |||||||||||
Consolidated obligation bonds | 33,457 | (32,405 | ) | 1,052 | 119,112 | |||||||||||
Total | $ | (23,871 | ) | $ | 24,065 | $ | 194 | $ | 35,974 | |||||||
(1) | Reported as net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities in the statement of income. | |
(2) | The net interest income (expense) associated with derivatives in fair value hedging relationships is reported in the statement of income in the interest income/expense line item for the indicated hedged item. |
23
Table of Contents
The following table presents, by type of hedged item, the gains (losses) on derivatives and the related hedged items in ASC 815 fair value hedging relationships and the impact of those derivatives on the Bank’s net interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 (in thousands).
Gain (Loss) on | Gain (Loss) on | Net Fair Value Hedge | Derivative Net Interest | |||||||||||||
Hedged Item | Derivatives | Hedged Items | Ineffectiveness(1) | Income (Expense)(2) | ||||||||||||
Advances | $ | 187,997 | $ | (190,445 | ) | $ | (2,448 | ) | $ | (212,613 | ) | |||||
Available-for-sale securities | 503 | (605 | ) | (102 | ) | (325 | ) | |||||||||
Consolidated obligation bonds | (124,586 | ) | 184,540 | 59,954 | 326,710 | |||||||||||
Total | $ | 63,914 | $ | (6,510 | ) | $ | 57,404 | $ | 113,772 | |||||||
(1) | Reported as net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities in the statement of income. | |
(2) | The net interest income (expense) associated with derivatives in fair value hedging relationships is reported in the statement of income in the interest income/expense line item for the indicated hedged item. |
Credit Risk.The Bank is subject to credit risk due to the risk of nonperformance by counterparties to its derivative agreements. To mitigate this risk, the Bank has entered into master swap and credit support agreements with all of its derivatives counterparties. These agreements provide for the netting of all transactions with a derivative counterparty and the delivery of collateral when certain thresholds (generally ranging from $100,000 to $500,000) are met. The Bank manages derivative counterparty credit risk through the use of these agreements, credit analysis, and adherence to the requirements set forth in the Bank’s Risk Management Policy and Finance Agency regulations. Based on the netting provisions and collateral requirements of its master swap and credit support agreements and the creditworthiness of its derivative counterparties, Bank management does not currently anticipate any credit losses on its derivative agreements.
The notional amount of its interest rate exchange agreements does not measure the Bank’s credit risk exposure, and the maximum credit exposure for the Bank is substantially less than the notional amount. The maximum credit risk exposure is the estimated cost, on a present value basis, of replacing at current market rates all interest rate exchange agreements with a counterparty with whom the Bank is in a net gain position, if the counterparty were to default. In determining its maximum credit exposure to a counterparty, the Bank, as permitted under master netting provisions of its interest rate exchange agreements, nets its obligations to the counterparty (i.e., derivative liabilities) against the counterparty’s obligations to the Bank (i.e., derivative assets). Maximum credit risk, as defined above, does not consider the existence of any collateral held or remitted by the Bank.
At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank’s maximum credit risk, as defined above, was approximately $225,587,000 and $404,925,000, respectively. These totals consist of $93,494,000 and $250,222,000, respectively, of net accrued interest receivable and $132,093,000 and $154,703,000, respectively, of other fair value amounts. The Bank held as collateral cash balances of $202,940,000 and $334,868,000 as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. In early October 2009 and early January 2009, additional cash collateral of $24,839,000 and $68,497,000, respectively, was delivered to the Bank pursuant to counterparty credit arrangements. The cash collateral held is reported in derivative assets/liabilities in the statements of condition.
The Bank transacts most of its interest rate exchange agreements with large banks. Some of these banks (or their affiliates) buy, sell, and distribute consolidated obligations. Assets pledged by the Bank to these counterparties are further described in Note 12.
When entering into interest rate exchange agreements with its members, the Bank requires the member to post eligible collateral in an amount equal to the sum of the net market value of the member’s derivative transactions with the Bank (if the value is positive to the Bank) plus a percentage of the notional amount of any interest rate swaps, with market values determined on at least a monthly basis. At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the net market value of the Bank’s derivatives with its members totaled ($107,000) and $4,000, respectively.
24
Table of Contents
The Bank has an agreement with one of its derivative counterparties that contains provisions that may require the Bank to deliver collateral to the counterparty if there is a deterioration in the Bank’s long-term credit rating to AA+ or below by S&P or Aa1 or below by Moody’s and the Bank loses its status as a government-sponsored enterprise. If this were to occur, the counterparty to the agreement would be entitled to collateral equal to its exposure to the extent such exposure exceeded $1,000,000. However, the Bank would not be required to deliver collateral unless the amount to be delivered is at least $500,000. The derivative instruments subject to this agreement were in a net asset position for the Bank on September 30, 2009.
Note 9—Capital
At all times during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank was in compliance with all applicable statutory and regulatory capital requirements. The following table summarizes the Bank’s compliance with those capital requirements as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Required | Actual | Required | Actual | |||||||||||||
Regulatory capital requirements: | ||||||||||||||||
Risk-based capital | $ | 482,617 | $ | 2,935,312 | $ | 930,061 | $ | 3,530,208 | ||||||||
Total capital | $ | 2,690,454 | $ | 2,935,312 | $ | 3,157,316 | $ | 3,530,208 | ||||||||
Total capital-to-assets ratio | 4.00 | % | 4.36 | % | 4.00 | % | 4.47 | % | ||||||||
Leverage capital | $ | 3,363,067 | $ | 4,402,968 | $ | 3,946,645 | $ | 5,295,312 | ||||||||
Leverage capital-to-assets ratio | 5.00 | % | 6.55 | % | 5.00 | % | 6.71 | % |
Shareholders are required to maintain an investment in Class B stock equal to the sum of a membership investment requirement and an activity-based investment requirement. Currently, the membership investment requirement is 0.06 percent of each member’s total assets as of the previous calendar year-end, subject to a minimum of $1,000 and a maximum of $25,000,000. The activity-based investment requirement is currently 4.10 percent of outstanding advances.
The Bank generally repurchases surplus stock at the end of the month following the end of each calendar quarter (e.g., January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31). For the repurchases that occurred on January 30, 2009, April 30, 2009, July 31, 2009 and October 30, 2009, surplus stock was defined as the amount of stock held by a member in excess of 120 percent of the member’s minimum investment requirement. The Bank’s practice has been that a member’s surplus stock will not be repurchased if the amount of that member’s surplus stock is $250,000 or less. On January 30, 2009, April 30, 2009, July 31, 2009 and October 30, 2009, the Bank repurchased surplus stock totaling $168,324,000, $101,605,000, $136,840,000 and $106,517,000, respectively, of which $7,602,000, $0, $0 and $0, respectively, had been classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock as of those dates.
Note 10—Employee Retirement Plans
The Bank sponsors a retirement benefits program that includes health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retirees. Components of net periodic benefit cost related to this program for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 were as follows (in thousands):
Three Months Ended | Nine Months Ended | |||||||||||||||
September 30, | September 30, | |||||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||
Service cost | $ | 5 | $ | 7 | $ | 15 | $ | 21 | ||||||||
Interest cost | 37 | 40 | 110 | 120 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) | (9 | ) | (8 | ) | (26 | ) | (25 | ) | ||||||||
Amortization of net actuarial gain | — | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||||
Net periodic benefit cost | $ | 33 | $ | 38 | $ | 97 | $ | 113 | ||||||||
25
Table of Contents
Note 11—Estimated Fair Values
Fair value is defined under GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy and requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. In addition, an entity is required to disclose the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the measurements fall for assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value (that is, those assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis). The Bank carries its trading securities and derivative assets/liabilities at fair value. Prior to their sale or maturity, the Bank also carried its available-for-sale securities at fair value. Further, entities are required to disclose the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the measurements fall for assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to initial recognition (for example, impaired assets). The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels:
Level 1 Inputs— Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. The fair values of the Bank’s trading securities were determined using Level 1 inputs.
Level 2 Inputs— Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, a Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following: (1) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; (2) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or in which little information is released publicly; (3) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals, volatilities and prepayment speeds); and (4) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data (e.g., implied spreads). Level 2 inputs were used to determine the estimated fair values of the Bank’s derivative contracts and investment securities classified as available-for-sale.
Level 3 Inputs— Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value measurement of such asset or liability. None of the Bank’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis were measured using Level 3 inputs. Other than its derivative contracts (which were measured using Level 2 inputs), the Bank does not carry any of its liabilities at fair value.
The following estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Bank using available market information and the Bank’s best judgment of appropriate valuation methods. These estimates are based on pertinent information available to the Bank as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Although the Bank uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique or valuation methodology. For example, because an active secondary market does not exist for many of the Bank’s financial instruments (e.g., advances, non-agency RMBS and mortgage loans held for portfolio), in certain cases, their fair values are not subject to precise quantification or verification. Therefore, the estimated fair values presented below in the Fair Value Summary Table may not be indicative of the amounts that would have been realized in market transactions at the reporting dates. Further, the fair values do not represent an estimate of the overall market value of the Bank as a going concern, which would take into account future business opportunities.
The valuation techniques used to measure the fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments are described below.
Cash and due from banks.The estimated fair value equals the carrying value.
Interest-bearing deposit assets.Interest-bearing deposit assets earn interest at floating market rates; therefore, the estimated fair value of the deposits approximates their carrying value.
26
Table of Contents
Federal funds sold.All federal funds sold represent overnight balances. Accordingly, the estimated fair value approximates the carrying value.
Trading securities.The Bank obtains quoted prices for identical securities.
Available-for-sale securities. The Bank estimated the fair values of its available-for-sale securities using either a pricing model or dealer estimates. For those mortgage-backed securities for which a pricing model was used, the interest rate swap curve was used as the discount curve in the calculations; additional inputs (e.g., implied swaption volatility, estimated prepayment speeds and credit spreads) were also used in the fair value determinations. The Bank compared these fair values to non-binding dealer estimates to ensure that its fair values were reasonable. For the one available-for-sale security (a government-sponsored enterprise MBS) for which the Bank relied upon a dealer estimate as of December 31, 2008, the estimate was analyzed for reasonableness using a pricing model and market inputs.
Held-to-maturity securities.Prior to September 30, 2009, the Bank obtained non-binding fair value estimates from various dealers for its mortgage-backed securities classified as held-to-maturity (for each MBS, one dealer estimate was received). These dealer estimates were reviewed for reasonableness using the Bank’s pricing model and/or by comparing the dealer estimates to pricing service quotations or dealer estimates for similar securities. Effective September 30, 2009, the Bank changed its method for estimating the fair values of mortgage-backed securities. The Bank’s new valuation technique incorporates prices from up to four designated third-party pricing vendors when available. A price is established for each MBS using a formula that is based upon the number of prices received (i.e., if four prices are received, the average of the middle two prices is used; if three prices are received, the middle price is used; if two prices are received, the average of the two prices is used; and if one price is received, it is used subject to some type of validation). The computed prices are tested for reasonableness using specified tolerance thresholds. Prices within the established thresholds are generally accepted unless strong evidence exists that using the formula-driven price would not be appropriate. Preliminary estimated fair values that are outside the tolerance thresholds, or that management believes may not be appropriate based on all available information, are subject to further analysis including comparison to the prices for similar securities and/or to non-binding dealer estimates. As of September 30, 2009, four vendor prices were received for substantially all of the Bank’s MBS holdings. This change in valuation technique did not have a significant impact on the estimated fair values of the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities as of September 30, 2009. The Bank estimates the fair values of debentures using a pricing model.
Advances.The Bank determines the estimated fair value of advances by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the advances and reducing this amount for accrued interest receivable. The discount rates used in these calculations are the replacement advance rates for advances with similar terms.
Mortgage loans held for portfolio.The Bank estimates the fair values of mortgage loans held for portfolio based on observed market prices for agency mortgage-backed securities. Individual mortgage loans are pooled based on certain criteria such as loan type, weighted average coupon, weighted average maturity, and origination year and matched to reference securities with a similar collateral composition to derive benchmark pricing. The prices for agency mortgage-backed securities used as a benchmark are subject to certain market conditions including, but not limited to, the market’s expectations of future prepayments, the current and expected level of interest rates, and investor demand.
Accrued interest receivable and payable.The estimated fair value approximates the carrying value due to their short-term nature.
Derivative assets/liabilities. With the exception of its interest rate basis swaps, the fair values of the Bank’s interest rate swap and forward rate agreements are estimated using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market (e.g., the relevant interest rate swap curve and, for agreements containing options, implied swaption volatility). As the provisions of the Bank’s master netting and collateral exchange agreements with its derivative counterparties significantly reduce the risk from nonperformance (see Note 8), the Bank does not consider its own nonperformance risk or the nonperformance risk associated with each of its counterparties to be a significant factor in the valuation of its derivative assets and liabilities. The Bank compares the fair values obtained from its pricing model to non-binding dealer estimates and may also compare its fair values to those of similar instruments to ensure
27
Table of Contents
that such fair values are reasonable. For the Bank’s interest rate basis swaps, fair values are obtained from dealers; these non-binding fair value estimates are corroborated using a pricing model and observable market data (i.e., the interest rate swap curve).
For the Bank’s interest rate caps, fair values are obtained from dealers. These non-binding fair value estimates are corroborated using a pricing model and observable market data (e.g., the interest rate swap curve and cap volatility).
The fair values of the Bank’s derivative assets and liabilities include accrued interest receivable/payable and cash collateral remitted to/received from counterparties; the estimated fair values of the accrued interest receivable/payable and cash collateral approximate their carrying values due to their short-term nature. The fair values of derivatives are netted by counterparty pursuant to the provisions of the Bank’s master swap and credit support agreements. If these netted amounts are positive, they are classified as an asset and, if negative, as a liability.
Deposit liabilities.The Bank determines the estimated fair values of its deposit liabilities with fixed rates and more than three months to maturity by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the deposits and reducing this amount for accrued interest payable. The discount rates used in these calculations are based on replacement funding rates for liabilities with similar terms. The estimated fair value approximates the carrying value for deposits with floating rates and fixed rates with three months or less to their maturity or repricing date.
Consolidated obligations.The Bank estimates the fair values of consolidated obligations by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows using discount rates that are based on replacement funding rates for liabilities with similar terms and reducing this amount for accrued interest payable.
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock.The fair value of capital stock subject to mandatory redemption is generally equal to its par value ($100 per share), as adjusted for any estimated dividend earned but unpaid at the time of reclassification from equity to liabilities. The Bank’s capital stock cannot, by statute or implementing regulation, be purchased, redeemed, repurchased or transferred at any amount other than its par value.
Commitments.The estimated fair value of the Bank’s commitments to extend credit, including advances and letters of credit, was not material at September 30, 2009 or December 31, 2008.
28
Table of Contents
The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, were as follows (in thousands):
FAIR VALUE SUMMARY TABLE
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Carrying | Estimated | Carrying | Estimated | |||||||||||||
Financial Instruments | Value | Fair Value | Value | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
Assets: | ||||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks | $ | 1,279,474 | $ | 1,279,474 | $ | 20,765 | $ | 20,765 | ||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits | 272 | 272 | 3,683,609 | 3,683,609 | ||||||||||||
Federal funds sold | 3,313,000 | 3,313,000 | 1,872,000 | 1,872,000 | ||||||||||||
Trading securities | 3,810 | 3,810 | 3,370 | 3,370 | ||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | — | — | 127,532 | 127,532 | ||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities | 12,194,307 | 12,068,626 | 11,701,504 | 11,169,862 | ||||||||||||
Advances | 50,034,613 | 50,223,382 | 60,919,883 | 60,362,576 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net | 272,292 | 287,130 | 327,059 | 328,064 | ||||||||||||
Accrued interest receivable | 66,807 | 66,807 | 145,284 | 145,284 | ||||||||||||
Derivative assets | 54,117 | 54,117 | 77,137 | 77,137 | ||||||||||||
Liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits | 999,944 | 999,952 | 1,425,066 | 1,425,274 | ||||||||||||
Consolidated obligations: | ||||||||||||||||
Discount notes | 10,727,576 | 10,732,280 | 16,745,420 | 16,897,389 | ||||||||||||
Bonds | 52,082,770 | 52,330,873 | 56,613,595 | 56,946,934 | ||||||||||||
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock | 8,646 | 8,646 | 90,353 | 90,353 | ||||||||||||
Accrued interest payable | 208,599 | 208,599 | 514,086 | 514,086 | ||||||||||||
Derivative liabilities | 3,445 | 3,445 | 2,326 | 2,326 |
The following table summarizes the Bank’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2009 by their level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands). Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Netting | ||||||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Adjustment(1) | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
Trading securities | $ | 3,810 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 3,810 | ||||||||||
Derivative assets | — | 673,575 | — | (619,458 | ) | 54,117 | ||||||||||||||
Total assets at fair value | $ | 3,810 | $ | 673,575 | $ | — | $ | (619,458 | ) | $ | 57,927 | |||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative liabilities | $ | — | $ | 587,040 | $ | — | $ | (583,595 | ) | $ | 3,445 | |||||||||
Total liabilities at fair value | $ | — | $ | 587,040 | $ | — | $ | (583,595 | ) | $ | 3,445 | |||||||||
(1) | Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements between the Bank and its derivative counterparties that allow the Bank to offset positive and negative positions as well as the cash collateral held or placed with those same counterparties. |
During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank recorded other-than-temporary impairments on seven of its non-agency RMBS classified as held-to-maturity (see Note 4). Based on the reduced level of market activity for non-agency RMBS, all of the nonrecurring fair value measurements for these impaired securities fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
29
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Bank’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008 by their level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands).
Netting | ||||||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Adjustment(1) | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
Trading securities | $ | 3,370 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 3,370 | ||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities | — | 127,532 | — | — | 127,532 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative assets | — | 849,571 | — | (772,434 | ) | 77,137 | ||||||||||||||
Total assets at fair value | $ | 3,370 | $ | 977,103 | $ | — | $ | (772,434 | ) | $ | 208,039 | |||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative liabilities | $ | — | $ | 680,064 | $ | — | $ | (677,738 | ) | $ | 2,326 | |||||||||
Total liabilities at fair value | $ | — | $ | 680,064 | $ | — | $ | (677,738 | ) | $ | 2,326 | |||||||||
(1) | Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements between the Bank and its derivative counterparties that allow the Bank to offset positive and negative positions as well as the cash collateral held or placed with those same counterparties. |
Note 12—Commitments and Contingencies
Joint and several liability.The Bank is jointly and severally liable with the other 11 FHLBanks for the payment of principal and interest on all of the consolidated obligations issued by the 12 FHLBanks. At September 30, 2009, the par amount of the other 11 FHLBanks’ outstanding consolidated obligations was approximately $911.2 billion. The Finance Agency, in its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation, regardless of whether there has been a default by a FHLBank having primary liability. To the extent that a FHLBank makes any consolidated obligation payment on behalf of another FHLBank, the paying FHLBank is entitled to reimbursement from the FHLBank with primary liability. However, if the Finance Agency determines that the primary obligor is unable to satisfy its obligations, then the Finance Agency may allocate the outstanding liability among the remaining FHLBanks on a pro rata basis in proportion to each FHLBank’s participation in all consolidated obligations outstanding, or on any other basis that the Finance Agency may determine. No FHLBank has ever failed to make any payment on a consolidated obligation for which it was the primary obligor; as a result, the regulatory provisions for directing other FHLBanks to make payments on behalf of another FHLBank or allocating the liability among other FHLBanks have never been invoked. If the Bank were to determine that a loss was probable under its joint and several liability and the amount of such loss could be reasonably estimated, the Bank would charge to income the amount of the expected loss. Based upon the creditworthiness of the other FHLBanks, the Bank currently believes that the likelihood of a loss arising from its joint and several liability is remote.
On September 9, 2008, the Bank and each of the other 11 FHLBanks entered into separate but identical Lending Agreements (the “Agreements”) with the Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s establishment of a Government Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility (“GSECF”). The GSECF is designed to serve as a contingent source of liquidity for the housing government-sponsored enterprises, including each of the FHLBanks.
The Agreements set forth the terms under which a FHLBank may borrow from and pledge collateral to the Treasury. Under the Agreements, any extensions of credit by the Treasury to one or more of the FHLBanks would be the joint and several obligations of all 12 of the FHLBanks and would be consolidated obligations (issued through the Office of Finance) pursuant to part 966 of the rules of the Finance Agency (12 C.F.R. part 966), as successor to the Finance Board. Loans under the Agreements, if any, are to be secured by collateral acceptable to the Treasury, which consists of FHLBank advances to members that have been collateralized in accordance with regulatory standards and mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). Each FHLBank grants a security interest to the Treasury only in collateral that is identified on a listing of collateral, identified on the books or records of a
30
Table of Contents
Federal Reserve Bank as pledged by the FHLBank to the Treasury, or in the possession or control of the Treasury. On a weekly basis, regardless of whether there have been any borrowings under the Agreements, the FHLBanks are required to submit to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, acting as fiscal agent for the Treasury, a schedule listing the collateral pledged to the Treasury. Each week, the FHLBanks must pledge collateral in an amount at least equal to the par value of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes maturing in the next 15 days. In the case of advances collateral, a 13 percent haircut is applied to the outstanding principal balance of the assets in determining the amount that must be pledged to the Treasury. As of September 30, 2009, the Bank had pledged advances with an outstanding principal balance of $7,399,500,000 to the Treasury. At that same date, the Bank had not pledged any mortgage-backed securities to the Treasury.
The Agreements terminate on December 31, 2009 but will remain in effect as to any loan outstanding on that date. A FHLBank may terminate its consent to be bound by the Agreement prior to that time so long as no loan is then outstanding to the Treasury.
To date, none of the FHLBanks have borrowed under the GSECF.
Other commitments and contingencies.At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank had commitments to make additional advances totaling approximately $40,263,000 and $81,435,000, respectively. In addition, outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $4,496,217,000 and $5,174,019,000 at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
At September 30, 2009, the Bank had commitments to issue $1,315,000,000 of consolidated obligation bonds/discount notes, all of which were hedged with associated interest rate swaps. The Bank had no commitments to issue consolidated obligations at December 31, 2008.
The Bank executes interest rate exchange agreements with major banks with which it has bilateral collateral exchange agreements. As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank had pledged cash collateral of $167,085,000 and $240,192,000, respectively, to institutions that had credit risk exposure to the Bank related to interest rate exchange agreements; at those dates, the Bank had not pledged any securities as collateral. The pledged cash collateral (i.e., interest-bearing deposit asset) is netted against derivative assets and liabilities in the statements of condition.
In the ordinary course of its business, the Bank is subject to the risk that litigation may arise. Currently, the Bank is not a party to any material pending legal proceedings.
Note 13— Transactions with Shareholders
Affiliates of two of the Bank’s derivative counterparties (Citigroup and Wachovia) acquired member institutions on March 31, 2005 and October 1, 2006, respectively. Since the acquisitions were completed, the Bank has continued to enter into interest rate exchange agreements with Citigroup and Wachovia in the normal course of business and under the same terms and conditions as before. Effective October 1, 2006, Citigroup terminated the Ninth District charter of the affiliate that acquired the member institution and, as a result, an affiliate of Citigroup became a non-member shareholder of the Bank.
The Bank did not purchase any investment securities issued by any of its shareholders or their affiliates during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 or 2008.
31
Table of Contents
Note 14 — Transactions with Other FHLBanks
Occasionally, the Bank loans (or borrows) short-term federal funds to (from) other FHLBanks. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, interest income from loans to other FHLBanks totaled $2,000 and $171,000, respectively. The following table summarizes the Bank’s loans to other FHLBanks during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands).
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
2009 | 2008 | |||||||
Balance at January 1, | $ | — | $ | 400,000 | ||||
Loans to: | ||||||||
FHLBank of Boston | 300,000 | 666,000 | ||||||
FHLBank of Seattle | 25,000 | — | ||||||
FHLBank of San Francisco | — | 1,265,000 | ||||||
Collections from: | ||||||||
FHLBank of Boston | (300,000 | ) | (666,000 | ) | ||||
FHLBank of Seattle | (25,000 | ) | — | |||||
FHLBank of San Francisco | — | (1,665,000 | ) | |||||
Balance at September 30, | $ | — | $ | — | ||||
During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, interest expense on borrowings from other FHLBanks totaled $1,000 and $49,000, respectively. The following table summarizes the Bank’s borrowings from other FHLBanks during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands).
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
2009 | 2008 | |||||||
Balance at January 1, | $ | — | $ | — | ||||
Borrowings from: | ||||||||
FHLBank of San Francisco | 200,000 | 320,000 | ||||||
FHLBank of Seattle | — | 25,000 | ||||||
FHLBank of Atlanta | — | 70,000 | ||||||
FHLBank of Indianapolis | — | 240,000 | ||||||
Repayments to: | ||||||||
FHLBank of San Francisco | (200,000 | ) | (320,000 | ) | ||||
FHLBank of Seattle | — | (25,000 | ) | |||||
FHLBank of Atlanta | — | (70,000 | ) | |||||
FHLBank of Indianapolis | — | (240,000 | ) | |||||
Balance at September 30, | $ | — | $ | — | ||||
During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Bank’s available-for-sale securities portfolio included consolidated obligations for which other FHLBanks were the primary obligors and for which the Bank was jointly and severally liable. All of these consolidated obligations were purchased in the open market from third parties and were accounted for in the same manner as other similarly classified investments. Interest income earned on these consolidated obligations of other FHLBanks totaled $671,000 and $1,975,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. These investments matured and were fully repaid during the fourth quarter of 2008.
The Bank has, from time to time, assumed the outstanding debt of another FHLBank rather than issue new debt. In connection with these transactions, the Bank becomes the primary obligor for the transferred debt. There were no such transfers during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the three months ended September 30, 2008 or the three months ended March 31, 2008. During the three months ended June 30, 2008, the Bank assumed a total of $135,880,000 (par value) of consolidated obligations from the FHLBank of Seattle. The net premium associated with these transactions totaled $3,474,000.
32
Table of Contents
Occasionally, the Bank transfers debt that it no longer needs to other FHLBanks. The Bank did not transfer any debt to other FHLBanks during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 or the three months ended September 30, 2008. During the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Bank transferred $300,000,000 and $150,000,000 (par values) of its consolidated obligations to the FHLBanks of Pittsburgh and Cincinnati, respectively. In addition, during the three months ended June 30, 2008, the Bank transferred $15,000,000 (par value) of its consolidated obligations to the FHLBank of San Francisco. In connection with these transactions, the assuming FHLBanks became the primary obligors for the transferred debt. The aggregate gains realized on these debt transfers totaled $4,546,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
Through July 31, 2008, the Bank received participation fees from the FHLBank of Chicago for mortgage loans that were originated by certain of the Bank’s members (participating financial institutions) and purchased by the FHLBank of Chicago through its Mortgage Partnership Finance® program. These fees totaled $37,000 and $200,000 during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. No participation fees have been received since the termination of this arrangement on July 31, 2008.
Note 15 — Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands).
Three Months Ended | Nine Months Ended | |||||||||||||||
September 30, | September 30, | |||||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities | $ | 1 | $ | (4,319 | ) | $ | 2,504 | $ | (2,269 | ) | ||||||
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities included in net income | — | — | (843 | ) | (2,794 | ) | ||||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for impairment loss on available-for-sale security included in net income | — | 2,476 | — | 2,476 | ||||||||||||
Non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities | (27,095 | ) | — | (78,361 | ) | — | ||||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized as credit losses in net income | 1,250 | — | 1,402 | — | ||||||||||||
Accretion of non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses to the carrying value of held-to-maturity securities | 3,177 | — | 4,742 | — | ||||||||||||
Postretirement benefit plan | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization of prior service credit included in net periodic benefit cost | (9 | ) | (8 | ) | (26 | ) | (25 | ) | ||||||||
Amortization of net actuarial gain included in net periodic benefit cost | — | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||||
Total other comprehensive income (loss) | $ | (22,676 | ) | $ | (1,852 | ) | $ | (70,584 | ) | $ | (2,615 | ) | ||||
33
Table of Contents
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto included in “Item 1. Financial Statements.”
Forward-Looking Information
This quarterly report contains forward-looking statements that reflect current beliefs and expectations of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas (the “Bank”) about its future results, performance, liquidity, financial condition, prospects and opportunities, including prospects for the payment of dividends. These statements are identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “anticipates,” “plans,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “may,” “should,” “would,” “will,” “might,” “expects,” “intends” or their negatives or other similar terms. The Bank cautions that forward-looking statements involve risks or uncertainties that could cause the Bank’s actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements, or could affect the extent to which a particular objective, projection, estimate, or prediction is realized. As a result, undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.
These risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, evolving economic and market conditions, political events, and the impact of competitive business forces. The risks and uncertainties related to evolving economic and market conditions include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, changes in the Bank’s access to the capital markets, changes in the cost of the Bank’s debt, adverse consequences resulting from a significant regional or national economic downturn, credit and prepayment risks, or changes in the financial health of the Bank’s members or non-member borrowers. Among other things, political events could possibly lead to changes in the Bank’s regulatory environment or its status as a government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”), or to changes in the regulatory environment for the Bank’s members or non-member borrowers. Risks and uncertainties related to competitive business forces include, but are not limited to, the potential loss of large members or large borrowers through acquisitions or other means or changes in the relative competitiveness of the Bank’s products and services for member institutions. For a more detailed discussion of the risk factors applicable to the Bank, see “Item 1A — Risk Factors” in the Bank’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 27, 2009 (the “2008 10-K”) and “Item 1A — Risk Factors” in Part II of this quarterly report. The Bank undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances, or any other reason.
Overview
Business
The Bank is one of 12 district Federal Home Loan Banks (each individually a “FHLBank” and collectively the “FHLBanks” and, together with the Office of Finance, a joint office of the FHLBanks, the “FHLBank System”) that were created by the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932, as amended (the “FHLB Act”). The FHLBanks serve the public by enhancing the availability of credit for residential mortgages, community lending, and targeted community development. As independent, member-owned cooperatives, the FHLBanks seek to maintain a balance between their public purpose and their ability to provide adequate returns on the capital supplied by their members. Prior to July 30, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Board (“Finance Board”) was responsible for the supervision and regulation of the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance. Effective with the enactment of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (the “HER Act”) on July 30, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“Finance Agency”), an independent agency in the executive branch of the United States Government, assumed responsibility for supervising and regulating the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance. The Finance Agency has responsibility to ensure that the FHLBanks: (i) operate in a safe and sound manner (including the maintenance of adequate capital and internal controls); (ii) foster liquid, efficient, competitive and resilient national housing finance markets; (iii) comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and orders (including the HER Act and the FHLB Act); (iv) carry out their statutory mission only through authorized activities; and (v) operate and conduct their activities in a manner that is consistent with the public interest. Consistent with these responsibilities, the Finance Agency establishes policies and regulations covering the operations of the FHLBanks. The HER Act provides that all regulations, orders, directives and determinations issued by the Finance Board prior to enactment of the HER Act
34
Table of Contents
immediately transferred to the Finance Agency and remain in force unless modified, terminated, or set aside by the Director of the Finance Agency.
The Bank serves eligible financial institutions in Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Mexico and Texas (collectively, the Ninth District of the FHLBank System). The Bank’s primary business is lending relatively low cost funds (known as advances) to its member institutions, which include commercial banks, thrifts, insurance companies and credit unions. While not members of the Bank, state and local housing authorities that meet certain statutory criteria may also borrow from the Bank. The Bank also maintains a portfolio of highly rated investments for liquidity purposes and to provide additional earnings. Additionally, the Bank holds interests in a portfolio of government-guaranteed/insured and conventional mortgage loans that were acquired through the Mortgage Partnership Finance® (“MPF”®) Program offered by the FHLBank of Chicago. Shareholders’ return on their investment includes dividends (which are typically paid quarterly in the form of capital stock) and the value derived from access to the Bank’s products and services. The Bank balances the financial rewards to shareholders by seeking to pay a dividend that meets or exceeds the return on alternative short-term money market investments available to shareholders, while lending funds at the lowest rates expected to be compatible with that objective and its objective to build retained earnings over time.
The Bank’s capital stock is not publicly traded and can be held only by members of the Bank, by non-member institutions that acquire stock by virtue of acquiring member institutions, or by former members of the Bank that retain capital stock to support advances or other activity that remains outstanding or until any applicable stock redemption or withdrawal notice period expires. All members must purchase stock in the Bank. The Bank’s capital stock has a par value of $100 per share and is purchased, redeemed, repurchased and, with the prior approval of the Bank, transferred only at its par value. Members may redeem excess stock, or withdraw from membership and redeem all outstanding capital stock, with five years’ written notice to the Bank.
The FHLBanks’ debt instruments (known as consolidated obligations) are their primary source of funds and are the joint and several obligations of all 12 FHLBanks. Consolidated obligations are issued through the Office of Finance acting as agent for the FHLBanks and generally are publicly traded in the over-the-counter market. The Bank records on its balance sheet only those consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor. Consolidated obligations are not obligations of the United States Government and the United States Government does not guarantee them. Consolidated obligations are rated Aaa/P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) and AAA/A-1+ by Standard & Poors (“S&P”), which are the highest ratings available from these nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”). These ratings indicate that Moody’s and S&P have concluded that the FHLBanks have an extremely strong capacity to meet their commitments to pay principal and interest on consolidated obligations, and that consolidated obligations are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk. The ratings also reflect the FHLBank System’s status as a GSE. Historically, the FHLBanks’ GSE status and highest available credit ratings on consolidated obligations have provided the FHLBanks with excellent capital markets access. Deposits, other borrowings and the proceeds from capital stock issued to members are also sources of funds for the Bank.
In addition to ratings on the FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations, each FHLBank is rated individually by both S&P and Moody’s. These individual FHLBank ratings apply to obligations of the respective FHLBanks, such as interest rate derivatives, deposits, and letters of credit. As of November 11, 2009, Moody’s had assigned a rating of Aaa/P-1 to the Bank. At that same date, the Bank was rated AAA/A-1+ by S&P.
Shareholders, bondholders and prospective shareholders and bondholders should understand that these ratings are not a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities and they may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the NRSRO. The ratings from each of the NRSROs should be evaluated independently.
The Bank conducts its business and fulfills its public purpose primarily by acting as a financial intermediary between its members and the capital markets. The intermediation of the timing, structure, and amount of its members’ credit needs with the investment requirements of the Bank’s creditors is made possible by the extensive use of interest rate exchange agreements, including interest rate swaps and caps.
The Bank’s earnings, exclusive of gains on the sales of investment securities and the retirement or transfer of debt, if any, and fair value adjustments associated with derivatives and hedging activities, are generated primarily from net
35
Table of Contents
interest income and tend to rise and fall with the overall level of interest rates, particularly short-term money market rates. Because the Bank is a cooperatively owned wholesale institution, the spread component of its net interest income is much smaller than a typical commercial bank, and a relatively larger portion of its net interest income is derived from the investment of its capital. The Bank’s interest rate risk profile is typically fairly neutral. As a result, the Bank’s capital is effectively invested in shorter-term assets and its earnings and returns on capital (exclusive of gains on the sales of investment securities and the retirement or transfer of debt, if any, and fair value adjustments associated with derivatives and hedging activities) generally tend to follow short-term interest rates. The Bank’s profitability objective is to achieve a rate of return on members’ capital stock investment sufficient to allow the Bank to meet its retained earnings growth objectives and pay dividends on capital stock at rates that approximate or exceed the average effective federal funds rate. The following table summarizes the Bank’s return on average capital stock, the average effective federal funds rate and the Bank’s dividend payment rate for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 (all percentages are annualized figures; percentages for the nine-month periods represent weighted average rates).
Three Months Ended | Three Months Ended | Three Months Ended | Nine Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 31, | June 30, | September 30, | September 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | 2009 | 2008 | 2009 | 2008 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average capital stock | 8.96 | % | 5.11 | % | 3.66 | % | 5.71 | % | 2.59 | % | 9.85 | % | 5.14 | % | 7.05 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Average effective federal funds rate | 0.18 | % | 3.18 | % | 0.18 | % | 2.09 | % | 0.16 | % | 1.94 | % | 0.17 | % | 2.40 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Dividend rate paid | 0.50 | % | 4.50 | % | 0.18 | % | 3.18 | % | 0.18 | % | 2.09 | % | 0.29 | % | 3.25 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Reference average effective federal funds rate (reference rate)(1) | 0.51 | % | 4.50 | % | 0.18 | % | 3.18 | % | 0.18 | % | 2.09 | % | 0.29 | % | 3.25 | % |
(1) | See discussion below for a description of the reference rate. |
For a discussion of the Bank’s returns on capital stock and the reasons for the variability in those returns from period-to-period, see the section below entitled “Results of Operations.”
The Bank’s quarterly dividends are based upon the Bank’s operating results, shareholders’ average capital stock holdings and the average effective federal funds rate for the immediately preceding quarter. While the Bank has had a long-standing practice of paying quarterly dividends, future dividend payments cannot be assured.
To provide more meaningful comparisons between the average effective federal funds rate and the Bank’s dividend rate, the above table sets forth a “reference average effective federal funds rate.” For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, the reference average effective federal funds rate reflects the average effective federal funds rate for the fourth quarter of 2008 and the fourth quarter of 2007, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, the reference average effective federal funds rate reflects the average effective federal funds rate for the first quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2008, respectively. For the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the reference average effective federal funds rate reflects the average effective federal funds rate for the second quarter of 2009 and the second quarter of 2008, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the reference average effective federal funds rate reflects the average effective federal funds rate for the nine months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Bank operates in only one reportable segment. All of the Bank’s revenues are derived from U.S. operations.
36
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Bank’s membership, by type of institution, as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
MEMBERSHIP SUMMARY
September 30, | December 31, | |||||||
2009 | 2008 | |||||||
Commercial banks | 759 | 759 | ||||||
Thrifts | 86 | 85 | ||||||
Credit unions | 64 | 60 | ||||||
Insurance companies | 19 | 19 | ||||||
Total members | 928 | 923 | ||||||
Housing associates | 8 | 8 | ||||||
Non-member borrowers | 12 | 13 | ||||||
Total | 948 | 944 | ||||||
Community Financial Institutions (CFIs) | 794 | 796 | ||||||
Financial Market Conditions
Although capital markets have not returned to pre-credit crisis conditions, credit market conditions during the third quarter of 2009 continued the trend of noticeable improvement that began in late 2008. Several government programs that were either introduced or expanded during the fourth quarter of 2008 appear to have supported the increased degree of stability in the capital markets. Those programs include the implementation by the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) authorized by Congress in October 2008 and the Federal Reserve’s purchases of commercial paper, agency debt securities (including FHLBank debt) and mortgage-backed securities. In addition, the Federal Reserve’s discount window lending and Term Auction Facility (“TAF”) for auctions of short-term liquidity and the expansion of insured deposit limits and the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) have all provided additional liquidity support for depository institutions.
As conditions have improved, the level of support provided by some of these government programs has stabilized or contracted. For instance, direct lending by the Federal Reserve to depository institutions reached approximately $530 billion by December 31, 2008 and remained at about that level through April 2009 before declining to about $320 billion at the end of June 2009 and to about $206 billion at September 30, 2009. Otherwise unsecured debt issued by commercial banks and guaranteed by the FDIC reached approximately $330 billion by March 31, 2009, remained near that level at June 30, 2009 and declined to $309 billion at September 30, 2009.
In addition, the increase in the FDIC insured deposit limit to $250,000 for all types of accounts and to an unlimited level for transaction accounts covered by the TLGP have encouraged depositors to leave larger balances in bank deposit accounts. The increased deposit insurance coverage contributed to significant growth in deposits at federally insured institutions in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, which provided an additional layer of liquidity at depository institutions. As market and economic conditions stabilized, the deposit growth rate subsequently slowed significantly in the second quarter of 2009, the last quarter for which data is available.
In addition to other actions to provide liquidity directly to the markets, the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve Board has maintained its target for the federal funds rate at a range between 0 and 0.25 percent throughout 2009. At September 30, 2009, the Federal Reserve also held approximately $694 billion of mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan
37
Table of Contents
Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) as part of its program to purchase as much as $1.25 trillion of such securities.
In addition, one- and three-month LIBOR rates continued to stabilize and the spread between those rates continued to shrink during the third quarter of 2009, ending the period at 0.25 percent and 0.29 percent, respectively. More stable one- and three-month LIBOR rates, combined with smaller spreads between those two indices and between those indices and overnight lending rates, suggest some degree of general improvement and more confidence in inter-bank lending markets.
Along with these general, if gradual, credit market improvements over the last several months, the FHLBanks’ access to debt with a wider range of maturities has also improved somewhat. The FHLBanks’ cost of issuing one- to three-year debt compared to three-month LIBOR on a swapped cash flow basis continued the improvement in the third quarter of 2009 that began late in the first quarter. While there are still investor preferences for relatively shorter-maturity assets, investor interest in and the pricing of longer-dated securities has improved.
Economic conditions also appear to be showing some early signs of eventual improvement, including positive growth in the gross domestic product (“GDP”) for the third quarter of 2009. While much of the significant deterioration in economic conditions that followed the disruptive financial market events of September 2008, including unemployment rates, has not reversed, and the economy has remained weak since that time, policy makers have interpreted recent data and the third quarter GDP data to indicate that the pace of economic decline has begun to reverse itself. Those early signs of improvement notwithstanding, the prospects for and potential timing of renewed economic growth (and employment growth in particular) remain very uncertain. The ongoing weak economic outlook, along with continued uncertainty regarding the extent that weak economic conditions will extend future losses at large financial institutions to a wider range of asset classes, and the nature and extent of the ongoing need for the government to support the banking industry and the broader capital markets, have combined to maintain market participants’ somewhat cautious approach to the credit markets.
The following table presents information on key market interest rates at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and key average market interest rates for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.
September 30, | December 31, | Third | Third | Average for the | Average for the | |||||||||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | Quarter | Quarter | Nine Months | Nine Months | |||||||||||||||||||
Ending | Ending | 2009 | 2008 | Ended | Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
Rate | Rate | Average | Average | September 30, 2009 | September 30, 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||
Federal Funds Target(1) | 0.25 | % | 0.25 | % | 0.25 | % | 2.00 | % | 0.25 | % | 2.42 | % | ||||||||||||
Average Effective | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal Funds Rate(2) | 0.07 | % | 0.14 | % | 0.16 | % | 1.94 | % | 0.17 | % | 2.40 | % | ||||||||||||
1-month LIBOR(1) | 0.25 | % | 0.44 | % | 0.27 | % | 2.62 | % | 0.37 | % | 2.84 | % | ||||||||||||
3-month LIBOR (1) | 0.29 | % | 1.43 | % | 0.41 | % | 2.91 | % | 0.83 | % | 2.98 | % | ||||||||||||
2-year LIBOR (1) | 1.29 | % | 1.48 | % | 1.40 | % | 3.37 | % | 1.48 | % | 3.16 | % | ||||||||||||
5-year LIBOR (1) | 2.65 | % | 2.13 | % | 2.85 | % | 4.08 | % | 2.65 | % | 3.88 | % | ||||||||||||
10-year LIBOR (1) | 3.46 | % | 2.56 | % | 3.72 | % | 4.55 | % | 3.39 | % | 4.46 | % | ||||||||||||
3-month U.S. Treasury (1) | 0.14 | % | 0.08 | % | 0.16 | % | 1.54 | % | 0.18 | % | 1.76 | % | ||||||||||||
2-year U.S. Treasury (1) | 0.95 | % | 0.77 | % | 1.03 | % | 2.36 | % | 0.99 | % | 2.27 | % | ||||||||||||
5-year U.S. Treasury (1) | 2.31 | % | 1.55 | % | 2.47 | % | 3.11 | % | 2.16 | % | 3.00 | % | ||||||||||||
10-year U.S. Treasury (1) | 3.31 | % | 2.21 | % | 3.52 | % | 3.85 | % | 3.20 | % | 3.79 | % |
(1) | Source: Bloomberg | |
(2) | Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release |
38
Table of Contents
Year-to-Date 2009 Summary
• | The Bank ended the third quarter of 2009 with total assets of $67.3 billion and total advances of $50.0 billion, a decrease from $78.9 billion and $60.9 billion, respectively, at the end of 2008. The $10.9 billion decline in advances was attributable in large part to the repayment of approximately $7.5 billion of advances by three large borrowers, as further discussed in the section below entitled “Financial Condition — Advances.” | ||
• | The Bank’s net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $17.6 million and $108.5 million, respectively, including $14.1 million and $174.8 million, respectively, in net gains on derivatives and hedging activities and net interest income of $33.5 million and $25.4 million, respectively. The Bank’s net interest income excludes net interest payments associated with economic hedge derivatives, which contributed significantly to the Bank’s income before assessments of $24.0 million and $147.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. Had the net interest income on economic hedge derivatives been included in net interest income, the Bank’s net interest income would have been higher (and its net gains/losses on derivatives and hedging activities would have been lower) by $19.7 million and $93.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. | ||
• | The Bank’s net interest income for the first nine months of 2009 was adversely impacted by actions the Bank took in late 2008 to ensure its ability to provide liquidity to its members during a period of unusual market disruption. At the height of the credit market disruptions in the early part of the fourth quarter of 2008, and in order to ensure that the Bank would have sufficient liquidity on hand to fund member advances throughout the year-end period, the Bank replaced short-term liabilities with new issues of debt with maturities that extended into 2009. As yields subsequently declined sharply on the Bank’s short-term assets, including overnight federal funds sold and short-term advances to members, this debt was carried at a negative spread. The negative spread associated with the investment of the remaining portion of this debt in low-yielding short-term assets was a significant contributor to the Bank’s negative net interest income in the first quarter of 2009. The negative impact of this debt was minimal in the second and third quarters of 2009 as much of the relatively high cost debt issued in late 2008 matured in the first quarter of 2009. | ||
• | For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, the $14.1 million and $174.8 million, respectively, in net gains on derivatives and hedging activities included $19.7 million and $93.0 million, respectively, of net interest income on interest rate swaps accounted for as economic hedge derivatives, $1.1 million and $60.0 million, respectively, of net ineffectiveness-related gains on fair value hedges related to consolidated obligation bonds and ($5.8 million) and $24.4 million, respectively, of net gains (losses) on economic hedge derivatives (excluding net interest settlements). As more fully described in the Bank’s 2008 10-K, during 2008 the Bank recognized $55.4 million of net ineffectiveness-related losses related to hedge ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps used to convert most of its fixed rate consolidated obligation bonds to LIBOR floating rates. Those losses were largely attributable to the unusual (and significant) decrease in three-month LIBOR rates during the fourth quarter of 2008. With relatively stable three-month LIBOR rates during the first quarter of 2009, these previous ineffectiveness-related losses reversed (in the form of ineffectiveness-related gains) during the three months ended March 31, 2009. Three-month LIBOR rates remained relatively stable during the second and third quarters of 2009, resulting in significantly lower ineffectiveness-related gains during those periods. The net gains (losses) on the Bank’s economic hedge derivatives during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 included gains on interest rate swaps used to hedge the risk of changes in spreads between the daily federal funds rate and three-month LIBOR. These gains, totaling $3.8 million and $19.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, were due to the tightening of the spread between the two indices and changes in the future expectations for such spread during the three months ended September 30, 2009. The net gains (losses) on economic hedge derivatives were also significantly impacted by gains and losses on the Bank’s portfolio of interest rate basis swaps that are used to hedge the risk of changes in spreads between one- and three-month LIBOR. Net gains of $36.1 million were recognized on this portfolio during the first quarter of 2009, while net losses of $26.7 million and $5.3 million were recognized during the second and third quarters of 2009, respectively. |
39
Table of Contents
• | The Bank held $25.3 billion (notional) of interest rate swaps recorded as economic hedge derivatives with a net positive fair value of $39.0 million (excluding accrued interest) at September 30, 2009. Assuming that these swaps are held to maturity, these net unrealized gains will reverse in future periods. The timing of this reversal will depend on the relative level and volatility of future interest rates. In addition, as of September 30, 2009, the Bank held $2.5 billion (notional) of stand-alone interest rate cap agreements with a fair value of $26.3 million that hedge embedded caps in held-to-maturity securities. Assuming these agreements are held to maturity, the value of the caps will be charged to income in future periods. | ||
• | Unrealized losses on the Bank’s holdings of non-agency (i.e., private label) residential mortgage-backed securities classified as held-to-maturity totaled $166.3 million (30.6 percent of amortized cost) at September 30, 2009, as compared to $277.0 million (40.9 percent of amortized cost) at December 31, 2008. Based on projections developed as part of its quarter-end analysis of the securities in this portfolio, the Bank continues to believe that these unrealized losses are principally the result of diminished liquidity and significant (albeit reduced) risk-related discounts in the non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities market and do not accurately reflect the actual historical or currently expected future credit performance of the securities. In assessing the expected credit performance of these securities, the Bank determined that it is likely that it will not fully recover the amortized cost basis of seven of its non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and, accordingly, these securities (with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $150.8 million) were deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2009 (four of these seven securities had previously been identified as other-than-temporarily impaired in prior periods). In accordance with guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) in April 2009 (the “OTTI accounting guidance”), which the Bank early adopted effective January 1, 2009, the credit components of the impairment losses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 ($2.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively) were recognized in earnings while the non-credit components of the impairment losses ($25.8 million and $77.0 million, respectively) were recognized in other comprehensive income. For a discussion of the OTTI accounting guidance, see “Item 1. Financial Statements” (specifically, Note 2 beginning on page 5 of this report). Prospects for future housing market conditions, which will influence whether the Bank will record any additional other-than-temporary impairment charges on these or any other securities in the future, remain uncertain. | ||
• | At all times during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank was in compliance with all of its regulatory capital requirements. The Bank’s retained earnings increased to $317.8 million at September 30, 2009 from $216.0 million at December 31, 2008. | ||
• | During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank paid dividends totaling $6.7 million; the Bank’s first, second and third quarter dividends were paid at rates that approximated the benchmark average effective federal funds rates for each preceding quarter. While there can be no assurances about future earnings, dividends, or regulatory actions, the Bank currently anticipates that its recurring earnings will be sufficient both to continue paying quarterly dividends and to continue building retained earnings. The Bank currently expects to pay a dividend in the fourth quarter of 2009 equal to the average effective federal funds rate for the third quarter of 2009. In addition, the Bank currently expects to continue its quarterly repurchases of surplus stock; the next repurchase is anticipated to occur on January 29, 2010. |
Regulatory Developments
Activities Pursuant to the Housing and Economic Recovery Act
As discussed in the Bank’s 2008 10-K, the HER Act requires the Finance Agency to issue a number of regulations, orders and reports. The full effect of this legislation on the Bank and its activities will become known only after all of these required regulations, orders, and reports become effective in final form. Since the enactment of the HER Act, the Finance Agency has promulgated proposed and final regulations regarding several provisions of the HER Act, some of which are discussed in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. The sections below describe the more significant regulations that have been proposed or finalized by the Finance Agency since the filing of the Bank’s 2008 10-K.
40
Table of Contents
Community Development Financial Institutions
The HER Act makes community development financial institutions (“CDFIs”) that are certified under the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 eligible for membership in a FHLBank. A certified CDFI is a person (other than an individual) that (i) has a primary mission of promoting community development, (ii) serves an investment area or targeted population, (iii) provides development services in connection with equity investment or loans, (iv) maintains, through representation on its governing board or otherwise, accountability to residents of its investment area or targeted population, and (v) is not an agency or instrumentality of the United States or of any state or political subdivision of a state.
On May 15, 2009, the Finance Agency issued a proposed rule to amend its membership regulations to authorize non-federally insured, CDFI Fund-certified CDFIs to become members of a FHLBank. The newly eligible CDFIs would include community development loan funds, venture capital funds and state-chartered credit unions without federal insurance. The proposed rule sets out the eligibility and procedural requirements for these CDFIs that wish to become FHLBank members. Comments on the proposed rule could be submitted to the Finance Agency through July 14, 2009.
The Bank has not yet determined the number of CDFIs in its district, how many of them might seek to become members of the Bank, or the effect on the Bank of their becoming members.
Executive Compensation
The HER Act requires the Director of the Finance Agency (the “Director”) to prohibit a FHLBank from providing compensation to its executive officers that is not reasonable and comparable with compensation for employees in similar businesses involving similar duties and responsibilities. Additionally, through December 31, 2009, the Director has authority to approve, disapprove or modify the existing compensation of executive officers of FHLBanks.
On June 5, 2009, the Finance Agency issued a proposed rule to implement the above provisions of the HER Act. Comments on the proposed rule could be submitted to the Finance Agency through August 4, 2009.
Pursuant to the proposed rule, the Director may review the compensation arrangements for any executive officer of a FHLBank at any time. The Director shall prohibit the FHLBank, and the FHLBank is prohibited, from providing compensation to any such executive officer that is not reasonable and comparable with compensation for employees in other similar businesses involving similar duties and responsibilities. In determining whether such compensation is reasonable and comparable, the Director may consider any factors the Director considers relevant (including any wrongdoing on the part of the executive officer). The Director may not, however, prescribe or set a specified level or range of compensation.
With respect to compensation under review by the Director, the Director’s prior approval is required for (i) a written arrangement that provides an executive officer a term of employment of more than six months or that provides compensation in connection with termination of employment, (ii) annual compensation, bonuses and other incentive pay of a FHLBank’s president and (iii) compensation paid to an executive officer, if the Director has provided notice that the compensation of such executive officer is subject to a specific review by the Director.
The proposed rule defines “executive officer” to include (i) named executive officers identified in a FHLBank’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, (ii) other executives who occupy specified positions or are in charge of specified subject areas and (iii) any other individual, regardless of title, who is in charge of a principal business unit, division or function, or who reports directly to the FHLBank’s chairman of the board of directors, vice chairman, president or chief operating officer.
With respect to the Director’s authority through December 31, 2009 to approve, disapprove or modify existing compensation of an executive officer, the proposed rule defines “executive compensation” as compensation paid to a FHLBank’s named executive officers (within the meaning of the SEC’s rules) identified in a FHLBank’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.
41
Table of Contents
On October 27, 2009, the Finance Agency issued Advisory Bulletin 2009-AB-02, “Principles for Executive Compensation at the Federal Home Loan Banks and the Office of Finance” (“AB 2009-02”). In AB 2009-02, the Finance Agency outlines several principles for sound incentive compensation practices to which the FHLBanks should adhere in setting executive compensation policies and practices. Those principles are (i) executive compensation must be reasonable and comparable to that offered to executives in similar positions at other comparable financial institutions, (ii) executive incentive compensation should be consistent with sound risk management and preservation of the par value of a FHLBank’s capital stock, (iii) a significant percentage of an executive’s incentive-based compensation should be tied to longer-term performance and outcome-indicators, (iv) a significant percentage of an executive’s incentive-based compensation should be deferred and made contingent upon performance over several years and (v) the board of directors of each FHLBank and the OF should promote accountability and transparency in the process of setting compensation. In evaluating compensation at the FHLBanks, the Director will consider the extent to which an executive’s compensation is consistent with the above principles.
Reporting of Fraudulent Financial Instruments
On June 17, 2009, the Finance Agency issued a proposed rule to effect the provisions of the HER Act that require the FHLBanks to report to the Finance Agency any fraudulent loans or other financial instruments that they purchased or sold. Comments on the proposed rule could be submitted to the Finance Agency through August 17, 2009.
The proposed rule requires a FHLBank to notify the Director of any fraud or possible fraud occurring in connection with a loan, a series of loans or other financial instruments that the FHLBank has purchased or sold. The FHLBank must notify the Director promptly after identifying such fraud or after the FHLBank is notified about such fraud by law enforcement or other government authority. The proposed rule also requires each FHLBank to establish and maintain internal controls and procedures and an operational training program to assure the FHLBank has an effective system to detect and report such fraud. The proposed rule defines “fraud” broadly as a material misstatement, misrepresentation, or omission relied upon by a FHLBank and does not require that the party making the misstatement, misrepresentation or omission had any intent to defraud.
Indemnification Payments and Golden Parachute Payments
The Director may prohibit or limit, by regulation or order, any indemnification payment or golden parachute payment. The Finance Agency has promulgated a number of interim final and proposed regulations regarding indemnification payments and golden parachute payments since the enactment of the HER Act (collectively, the “Golden Parachute Payments Regulation”), a discussion of which is provided in the Bank’s 2008 10-K.
On June 29, 2009, the Finance Agency issued a proposed rule to amend further the Golden Parachute Payments Regulation to address in more detail prohibited and permissible indemnification payments and golden parachute payments. Comments on the proposed rule could be submitted to the Finance Agency through July 29, 2009.
With respect to indemnification payments, the proposed rule essentially re-proposed amendments to the Golden Parachute Payments Regulation that were issued by the Finance Agency on November 14, 2008, a discussion of which is provided in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. The proposed rule deletes one provision contained in the November 14, 2008 proposed amendments, which provided that claims for employee welfare benefits or other benefits that are contingent, even if otherwise vested, when a receiver is appointed for any FHLBank, including any contingency for termination of employment, are not provable claims or actual, direct compensatory damage claims against such receiver.
With respect to golden parachute payments, the proposed rule describes more specifically benefits included or excluded from the term “golden parachute payment.” Under the proposed rule, the term “golden parachute payment” does not include (i) any payment made pursuant to a pension or retirement plan that is qualified (or is intended within a reasonable period of time to be qualified) under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or pursuant to a pension or other retirement plan that is governed by the laws of any foreign country; (ii) any payment made pursuant to a benefit plan as defined in the proposed rule (which includes employee welfare benefit plans as defined in section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974); (iii) any payment made
42
Table of Contents
pursuant to a bona fide deferred compensation plan or arrangement as defined in the proposed rule; (iv) any payment made by reason of death or by reason of termination caused by the disability of an entity-affiliated party; (v) any payment made pursuant to a nondiscriminatory severance pay plan or arrangement that provides for payment of severance benefits of generally no more than 12 months’ prior base compensation to all eligible employees upon involuntary termination other than for cause, voluntary resignation, or early retirement, subject to certain exceptions; (vi) any severance or similar payment that is required to be made pursuant to a State statute or foreign law that is applicable to all employers within the appropriate jurisdiction (with the exception of employers that may be exempt due to their small number of employees or other similar criteria); or (vii) any other payment that the Director determines to be permissible.
The proposed rule extends the prohibition against certain golden parachute payments to former entity-affiliated parties. With respect to potentially prohibited golden parachute payments, a FHLBank may agree to make or may make a golden parachute payment if (i) the Director determines that such a payment or agreement is permissible; (ii) such an agreement is made in order to hire a person to become an entity-affiliated party when the FHLBank is insolvent, has a conservator or receiver appointed for it, or is in a troubled condition (or the person is being hired in an effort to prevent one of these conditions from occurring), and the Director consents in writing to the amount and terms of the golden parachute payment; or (iii) with the Director’s consent, such a payment is made pursuant to an agreement that provides for a reasonable severance payment, not to exceed 12 months’ salary, to an entity-affiliated party in the event of a change in control of the FHLBank.
In the preamble to the proposed rule, the Finance Agency stated that it intends that the proposed amendments would apply to agreements entered into by a FHLBank with an entity-affiliated party on or after the date the regulation is effective. As discussed in the Bank’s 2008 10-K, the Bank has entered into employment agreements with each of its named executive officers. If the proposed amendments were applied to these existing employment agreements, the effect of the proposed amendments would be to reduce payments that might otherwise be payable to those named executive officers.
Study of Securitization of Home Mortgage Loans by the FHLBanks
Within one year of enactment of the HER Act, the Director was required to provide to Congress a report on a study of securitization of home mortgage loans purchased from member financial institutions under the Acquired Member Assets (“AMA”) programs of the FHLBanks. In conducting this study, the Director was required to consider (i) the benefits and risks associated with securitization of AMA, (ii) the potential impact of securitization upon the liquidity in the mortgage and broader credit markets, (iii) the ability of the FHLBanks to manage the risks associated with securitization, (iv) the impact of such securitization on the existing activities of the FHLBanks, including their mortgage portfolios and advances, and (v) the joint and several liability of the FHLBanks and the cooperative structure of the FHLBank System. In conducting the study, the Director was required to consult with the FHLBanks, the Office of Finance, representatives of the mortgage lending industry, practitioners in the structured finance field, and other experts as needed.
On February 27, 2009, the Finance Agency published a Notice of Concept Release with request for comments to garner information from the public for use in its study (the “Concept Release”). The Concept Release did not alter current requirements, restrictions or prohibitions on the FHLBanks with respect to either the purchase or sale of mortgages or the AMA programs. Comments on the Concept Release could be submitted to the Finance Agency through April 28, 2009.
On July 30, 2009, the Director provided to Congress the results of the Finance Agency’s study, including policy recommendations based on the Finance Agency’s analysis of the feasibility of the FHLBanks’ issuing mortgage-backed securities and of the benefits and risks associated with such a program. Based on the Finance Agency’s study and findings regarding FHLBank securitization, the Director did not recommend permitting the FHLBanks to securitize mortgages at this time.
43
Table of Contents
Study of FHLBank Advances
Within one year of enactment of the HER Act, the Director was required to conduct a study and submit a report to Congress regarding the extent to which loans and securities used as collateral to support FHLBank advances are consistent with theInteragency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risksdated October 4, 2006 and theStatement on Subprime Mortgage Lendingdated July 10, 2007 (collectively, the “Interagency Guidance”). The study was also required to consider and recommend any additional regulations, guidance, advisory bulletins or other administrative actions necessary to ensure that the FHLBanks are not supporting loans with predatory characteristics.
On August 4, 2009, the Finance Agency published the notice of study and recommendations required by the HER Act with respect to FHLBank collateral for advances and the Interagency Guidance. Comments on the notice of study and recommendations could be submitted to the Finance Agency through October 5, 2009.
AHP Funds to Support Refinancing of Certain Residential Mortgage Loans
For a period of two years following enactment of the HER Act, FHLBanks are authorized to use a portion of their AHP funds to support the refinancing of residential mortgage loans owed by families with incomes at or below 80 percent of the median income for the areas in which they reside.
As required by the HER Act, on October 17, 2008, the Finance Agency issued an interim final rule with request for comments regarding the FHLBanks’ mortgage refinancing authority, a discussion of which is provided in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. The interim final rule authorized the FHLBanks to provide AHP grants under their homeownership set-aside programs to low- or moderate-income households that qualify for refinancing assistance under the Hope for Homeowners Program established by the Federal Housing Administration under Title IV of the HER Act. Comments on the interim final rule could be submitted to the Finance Agency through December 16, 2008.
Based on the comments received on the interim final rule and the continuing adverse conditions of the mortgage market, on August 4, 2009, the Finance Agency issued a second interim final rule, with a request for comments, to broaden the scope of the FHLBanks’ mortgage refinancing authority and to allow the FHLBanks greater flexibility in implementing their mortgage refinancing authority. Comments on the interim final rule could be submitted to the Finance Agency through October 5, 2009.
The interim final rule amends the current AHP regulation to allow a FHLBank to temporarily establish a homeownership set-aside program for the use of AHP grants by the FHLBank’s members to assist in the refinancing of a household’s mortgage loan in order to prevent foreclosure. A loan is eligible to be refinanced with an AHP grant if the loan is secured by a first mortgage on the household’s primary residence and the loan is refinanced under a program offered by the United States Department of Agriculture, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, a state or local government, or a state or local housing finance agency (an “eligible targeted refinancing program”).
To be eligible for an AHP grant, the household must not be able to afford or must be at risk of not being able to afford its monthly payments, as defined by the eligible targeted refinancing program. The household must also obtain counseling for foreclosure mitigation and for qualification for refinancing by an eligible refinancing program through the National Foreclosure Mitigation Counseling program or other counseling program used by a state or local government or housing finance agency.
A FHLBank’s member may provide the AHP grant to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the loan by no more than the amount necessary for the new loan to qualify under both the maximum loan-to-value ratio and the maximum household mortgage debt-to-income ratio required by the eligible refinancing program. Alternatively, or in addition to the use of an AHP grant to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the loan, a FHLBank’s member may provide the AHP grant to pay loan closing costs.
The interim final rule authorizes a FHLBank, in its discretion, to set aside annually up to the greater of $4.5 million or 35 percent of the FHLBank’s annual required AHP contribution to provide funds to members participating in homeownership set-aside programs, including a mortgage refinancing set-aside program, provided that at least one-third of this set-aside amount is allocated to programs to assist first-time homebuyers. A FHLBank may accelerate to
44
Table of Contents
its current year’s AHP program (including its set-aside programs) from future annual required AHP contributions an amount up to the greater of $5 million or 20 percent of the FHLBank’s annual required AHP contribution for the current year. The FHLBank may credit the amount of the accelerated contribution against required AHP contributions over one or more of the subsequent five years.
The FHLBanks’ authority under the interim final rule to establish and provide AHP grants under a mortgage refinancing homeownership set-aside program expires on July 30, 2010.
Capital Classifications and Critical Capital Levels
On January 30, 2009, the Finance Agency adopted an interim final rule establishing capital classifications and critical capital levels for the FHLBanks, a discussion of which is provided in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. Comments on the interim final rule could be submitted to the Finance Agency through May 15, 2009. On August 4, 2009, the Finance Agency adopted the interim final rule as a final regulation, subject to amendments meant to clarify certain provisions.
Office of Finance
Effective with the enactment of the HER Act, the Finance Agency assumed responsibility from the Finance Board for supervising and regulating the Office of Finance. On August 4, 2009, the Finance Agency published a notice of proposed rulemaking, with a request for comments, regarding the Board of Directors of the Office of Finance. Initially, comments on the proposed rule could be submitted to the Finance Agency through October 5, 2009. On October 2, 2009, the Finance Agency extended the comment period until November 4, 2009.
The proposed rule would expand the Board of Directors of the Office of Finance to include all of the FHLBank presidents (currently, only two of the FHLBank presidents serve on the Office of Finance’s Board of Directors, including the Bank’s President and Chief Executive Officer). The Board of Directors of the Office of Finance would also include three to five independent directors (currently, the third director of the Office of Finance is required to be a private United States citizen with demonstrated expertise in financial markets). Each independent director must be a United States citizen and the independent directors, as a group, must have substantial experience in financial and accounting matters. An independent director may not (i) be an officer, director or employee of any FHLBank or any member of a FHLBank; (ii) be affiliated with any consolidated obligations selling or dealer group member under contract with the Office of Finance; (iii) hold shares or any financial interest in any FHLBank member or in any such dealer group member in an amount greater than the lesser of (A) $250,000 or (B) 0.01 percent of the market capitalization of the member or dealer (except that a holding company of a FHLBank member or a dealer group member will be deemed to be a member if the assets of the holding company’s member subsidiaries constitute 35 percent or more of the consolidated assets of the holding company). The Chair of the Board of Directors of the Office of Finance would be selected from among the independent directors.
The independent directors of the Office of Finance would serve as the Audit Committee. Among other duties, the Audit Committee would be responsible for overseeing the audit function of the Office of Finance and the preparation and accuracy of the FHLBank System’s combined financial reports. For purposes of the combined financial reports, the Audit Committee would be responsible for ensuring that the FHLBanks adopt consistent accounting policies and procedures, such that the information submitted by the FHLBanks to the Office of Finance may be combined to create accurate and meaningful combined reports. The Audit Committee, in consultation with the Finance Agency, may establish common accounting policies and procedures for the information submitted by the FHLBanks to the Office of Finance for the combined financial reports where the Audit Committee determines such information provided by the FHLBanks is inconsistent and that consistent policies and procedures regarding that information are necessary to create accurate and meaningful combined financial reports. The Audit Committee would also have the exclusive authority to employ and contract for the services of an independent, external auditor for the FHLBanks’ annual and quarterly combined financial statements.
Currently, the FHLBanks are responsible for jointly funding the expenses of the Office of Finance, which are shared on a pro rata basis with one-third based on each FHLBank’s total outstanding capital stock (as of the prior month-end, excluding those amounts classified as mandatorily redeemable), one-third based on each FHLBank’s total debt issuance (during the current month), and one-third based on each FHLBank’s total consolidated obligations
45
Table of Contents
outstanding (as of the current month-end). The proposed rule would retain the FHLBanks’ responsibility for jointly funding the expenses of the Office of Finance, but each FHLBank’s respective pro rata share would be based on a reasonable formula approved by the Board of Directors of the Office of Finance, subject to review by the Finance Agency.
Corporate Governance of the FHLBanks
Under the HER Act, each FHLBank is governed by a board of directors of 13 persons or such other number of persons as the Director may determine. The HER Act divides directors of FHLBanks into two classes. The first class is comprised of “member” directors who are elected by the member institutions of each state in the FHLBank’s district to represent that state. The second class is comprised of “independent” directors who are nominated by a FHLBank’s board of directors, after consultation with its affordable housing Advisory Council, and elected by the FHLBank’s members at large. A discussion of the composition of the Bank’s Board of Directors is provided in the Bank’s 2008 10-K.
On September 26, 2008, the Finance Agency issued an interim final rule with request for comments regarding the eligibility and election of individuals to serve on the boards of directors of the FHLBanks. The interim final rule was effective September 26, 2008 and comments on the interim final rule could be submitted to the Finance Agency through November 25, 2008. On October 7, 2009, the Finance Agency issued a final rule, effective November 6, 2009, regarding the eligibility and election of FHLBank directors. The final rule revised some provisions of the interim final rule as set forth below.
Pursuant to the HER Act and the interim final rule, member directors must constitute a majority of the members of the board of directors of each FHLBank and independent directors must constitute at least 40 percent of the members of each board of directors. At least two of the independent directors must be public interest directors with more than four years’ experience representing consumer or community interests in banking services, credit needs, housing, or consumer financial protections. The final rule requires the board of directors of each FHLBank annually to determine how many of its independent directorships should be designated as public interest directorships, provided that the FHLBank at all times has at least two public interest directorships.
The interim final rule prohibited an individual from serving as an independent director if the individual was an officer, employee or director of a holding company that controls one or more members of, or one or more recipients of advances from,anyFHLBank if the assets of all such members or all such recipients of advances constitute 35 percent or more of the assets of the holding company, on a consolidated basis. The final rule narrows this prohibition by adding language limiting the reach of this provision to institutions that are members of, or recipients of advances from, onlytheFHLBank at which the independent director serves (rather than any FHLBank).
The interim final rule required a FHLBank to deliver to the Finance Agency a copy of the independent director application forms executed by the individuals proposed to be nominated for independent directorships by the board of directors of the FHLBank. The final rule specifies that if within two weeks of such delivery the Finance Agency provides comments to the FHLBank on any independent director nominee, the board of directors of the FHLBank shall consider the Finance Agency’s comments in determining whether to proceed with those nominees or to reopen the nomination process. If within the two-week period the Finance Agency offers no comment on a nominee, the FHLBank’s board of directors may proceed to nominate such nominee. Additionally, if the board of directors of a FHLBank is electing an independent director to fill the unexpired term of office of a vacant directorship, the FHLBank shall deliver to the Finance Agency for its review a copy of the independent director application form of each individual being considered by the FHLBank’s board of directors.
The final rule revises the requirement of the interim final rule that each nominee for an independent directorship must receive at least 20 percent of the number of votes eligible to be cast in the election to be elected. If a FHLBank’s board of directors nominates only one individual for each independent directorship, then, to be elected, each nominee must receive at least 20 percent of the number of votes eligible to be cast in the election. If, however, a FHLBank’s board of directors nominates more persons for the type of independent directorship to be filled (either a public interest directorship or other independent directorship) than there are directorships of that type to be filled in the election, then the FHLBank shall declare elected the nominee receiving the highest number of votes, without regard to whether the nominee received at least 20 percent of the number of votes eligible to be cast in the election.
46
Table of Contents
The final rule also revised somewhat the provisions of the interim final rule regarding actions persons may or may not take in support of nominees for FHLBank directorships. Except as set forth in the following sentences, no director, officer, attorney, employee, or agent of a FHLBank shall (i) communicate in any manner that a director, officer, attorney, employee, or agent of a FHLBank, directly or indirectly, supports or opposes the nomination or election of a particular individual for a directorship; or (ii) take any other action to influence the voting with respect to any particular individual. A FHLBank director, officer, attorney, employee, or agent, acting in his or her personal capacity, may support the nomination or election of any individual for a member directorship, provided that no such individual shall purport to represent the views of the FHLBank or its board of directors in doing so. A FHLBank director, officer, attorney, employee or agent and the board of directors and Advisory Council (including members of the Advisory Council) of a FHLBank may support the candidacy of any individual nominated by the board of directors for election to an independent directorship.
FHLBank Directors’ Compensation and Expenses
The HER Act repealed the prior statutory limits on compensation of directors of FHLBanks. As a result, FHLBank director fees are to be determined at the discretion of a FHLBank’s board of directors, provided such fees are required to be reasonable.
On October 23, 2009, the Finance Agency published a notice of proposed rulemaking, with a request for comments, regarding payment by FHLBanks of their directors’ compensation and expenses. Comments on the proposed rule may be submitted to the Finance Agency through December 7, 2009.
The proposed rule would specify that each FHLBank may pay its directors reasonable compensation for the time required of them, and their necessary expenses, in the performance of their duties, as determined by the FHLBank’s board of directors. The compensation paid by a FHLBank to a director would be required to reflect the amount of time the director spent on official FHLBank business, subject to reduction as necessary to reflect lesser attendance or performance at board or committee meetings during a given year.
Pursuant to the proposed rule, the Director would review compensation paid by a FHLBank to its directors. The Director could determine that the compensation and/or expenses to be paid to the directors are not reasonable. In such case, the Director could order the FHLBank to refrain from making any further payments; provided, however, that such order would only be applied prospectively and would not affect any compensation or expense payments made prior to the date of the Director’s determination and order. To assist the Director in reviewing the compensation and expenses of FHLBank directors, each FHLBank would be required to submit to the Director by specified deadlines (i) the compensation anticipated to be paid to its directors for the following calendar year, (ii) the amount of compensation and expenses paid to each director for the immediately preceding calendar year and (iii) a copy of the FHLBank’s written compensation policy, along with all studies or other supporting materials upon which the board of directors relied in determining the level of compensation and expenses to pay to its directors.
Other Regulatory Developments
On April 28, 2009 and May 7, 2009, the Finance Agency provided the Bank and the other 11 FHLBanks with guidance regarding the process for determining other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) with respect to non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”). The goal of the guidance is to promote consistency among all FHLBanks in making such determinations, based on the Finance Agency’s understanding that investors in the FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations can better understand and utilize the information in the FHLBanks’ combined financial reports if it is prepared on a consistent basis. In order to achieve this goal and move to a common analytical framework, and recognizing that several FHLBanks (including the Bank) intended to early adopt the OTTI accounting guidance, the Finance Agency guidance required all FHLBanks to early adopt the OTTI accounting guidance effective January 1, 2009 and, for purposes of making OTTI determinations, to use a consistent set of key modeling assumptions and specified third party models. For a discussion of the OTTI accounting guidance, see “Item 1. Financial Statements” (specifically, Note 2 beginning on page 5 of this report).
For the first quarter of 2009, the Finance Agency guidance required that the FHLBank of San Francisco develop, in consultation with the other FHLBanks and the Finance Agency, FHLBank System-wide modeling assumptions to be
47
Table of Contents
used by all FHLBanks for purposes of producing cash flow analyses used in the OTTI assessment for non-agency RMBS other than securities backed by subprime and home equity loans. (The Bank does not own any securities that are designated as subprime or home equity RMBS.)
Beginning with the second quarter of 2009, the 12 FHLBanks formed an OTTI Governance Committee (the “OTTI Committee”) consisting of one representative from each FHLBank. The OTTI Committee has responsibility for reviewing and approving the key modeling assumptions, inputs and methodologies to be used by all FHLBanks in their OTTI assessment process. The OTTI Committee provides a more formal process by which the FHLBanks can provide input on and approve the assumptions, inputs and methodologies that are developed initially by the FHLBank of San Francisco. Based on its review, the Bank concurred with and adopted the FHLBank System-wide assumptions, inputs and methodologies that were approved by the OTTI Committee for use in the third quarter 2009 OTTI assessment.
In addition to using the FHLBank System-wide modeling assumptions, the Finance Agency guidance requires that each FHLBank conduct its OTTI analysis using two specified third party models, subject to certain limited exceptions. Since the Bank’s existing OTTI process already incorporated the use of the specified models, the Bank has continued to perform its own cash flow analyses and, accordingly, the Finance Agency guidance did not require any significant change in the Bank’s processes or internal controls.
Financial Condition
The following table provides selected period-end balances as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, as well as selected average balances for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008. As shown in the table, the Bank’s total assets decreased by 14.8 percent (or $11.7 billion) during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, due primarily to a $10.9 billion decrease in advances and a $1.0 billion decrease in its short-term liquidity holdings during the period. As the Bank’s assets decreased, the funding for those assets also decreased. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, total consolidated obligations decreased by $10.5 billion as consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes declined by $4.5 billion and $6.0 billion, respectively.
The activity in each of the major balance sheet captions is discussed in the sections following the table.
September 30, 2009 | ||||||||||||
Percentage | Balance at | |||||||||||
Increase | December 31, | |||||||||||
Balance | (Decrease) | 2008 | ||||||||||
Advances | $ | 50,035 | (17.9) | % | $ | 60,920 | ||||||
Short-term liquidity holdings | ||||||||||||
Non-interest bearing excess cash balances | 1,200 | * | — | |||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits | — | (100.0 | ) | 3,684 | ||||||||
Federal funds sold | 3,313 | 77.0 | 1,872 | |||||||||
Long-term investments(1) | 12,194 | 3.1 | 11,829 | |||||||||
Mortgage loans, net | 272 | (16.8 | ) | 327 | ||||||||
Total assets | 67,261 | (14.8 | ) | 78,933 | ||||||||
Consolidated obligations — bonds | 52,083 | (8.0 | ) | 56,614 | ||||||||
Consolidated obligations — discount notes | 10,727 | (35.9 | ) | 16,745 | ||||||||
Total consolidated obligations | 62,810 | (14.4 | ) | 73,359 | ||||||||
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock | 9 | (90.0 | ) | 90 | ||||||||
Capital stock | 2,609 | (19.1 | ) | 3,224 | ||||||||
Retained earnings | 318 | 47.2 | 216 | |||||||||
Average advances | 55,393 | (5.6 | ) | 58,671 | ||||||||
Average total assets | 71,667 | (4.0 | ) | 74,641 | ||||||||
Average capital stock | 2,825 | (3.0 | ) | 2,911 | ||||||||
Average mandatorily redeemable capital stock | 72 | 26.3 | 57 |
* | The percentage increase is not meaningful. | |
(1) | Consists of securities classified as held-to-maturity and available-for-sale. |
48
Table of Contents
Advances
The following table presents advances outstanding, by type of institution, as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
ADVANCES OUTSTANDING BY BORROWER TYPE
(par value, dollars in millions)
(par value, dollars in millions)
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||
Commercial banks | $ | 25,408 | 51 | % | $ | 29,889 | 50 | % | ||||||||
Thrift institutions | 22,361 | 45 | 27,687 | 46 | ||||||||||||
Credit unions | 1,388 | 3 | 1,565 | 3 | ||||||||||||
Insurance companies | 279 | 1 | 243 | — | ||||||||||||
Total member advances | 49,436 | 100 | 59,384 | 99 | ||||||||||||
Housing associates | 12 | — | 131 | — | ||||||||||||
Non-member borrowers | 108 | — | 730 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Total par value of advances | $ | 49,556 | 100 | % | $ | 60,245 | 100 | % | ||||||||
Total par value of advances outstanding to CFIs | $ | 10,275 | 21 | % | $ | 11,530 | 19 | % | ||||||||
At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the carrying value of the Bank’s advances portfolio totaled $50.0 billion and $60.9 billion, respectively. The par value of outstanding advances at those dates was $49.6 billion and $60.2 billion, respectively.
Advances to members grew steadily over the course of the first three quarters of 2008, peaking near the end of the third quarter when conditions in the financial markets were particularly unsettled. Advances growth during the first three quarters of 2008 was generally spread across all segments of the Bank’s membership base, as prevailing credit market conditions in 2008 appeared to lead members to increase their borrowings in order to increase their liquidity, to take advantage of borrowing rates that were relatively attractive compared with alternative wholesale funding sources, to take advantage of investment opportunities and/or to lengthen the maturity of their liabilities at a relatively low cost.
Advances subsequently declined during the fourth quarter of 2008 and the first nine months of 2009 as market conditions calmed somewhat. Advances to the Bank’s ten largest borrowers decreased by $8.0 billion during the first nine months of 2009, contributing significantly to the overall decline in advances balances during that period. Advances to Wachovia Bank, FSB and Comerica Bank, the Bank’s two largest borrowers, declined by $3.3 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. On August 21, 2009, the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) closed Guaranty Bank (“Guaranty”) and the FDIC was named receiver. Guaranty was the Bank’s third largest borrower and shareholder at August 21, 2009, with $2.0 billion of advances outstanding at that date; all of these advances were repaid in August and September 2009 (as of December 31, 2008, Guaranty’s outstanding advances totaled $2.2 billion). The remaining decline in advances during the period was spread broadly across the Bank’s members and was primarily attributable to a decline in member demand which the Bank believes was due, at least in part, to increases in members’ deposit levels and reduced lending activity due to the economic recession, as well as the availability of federal government programs that provided members with more attractively priced sources of funding and liquidity than were available earlier in the credit crisis.
At September 30, 2009, advances outstanding to the Bank’s ten largest borrowers totaled $31.2 billion, representing 63.0 percent of the Bank’s total outstanding advances as of that date. In comparison, advances outstanding to the
49
Table of Contents
Bank’s ten largest borrowers totaled $39.2 billion at December 31, 2008, representing 65.1 percent of the total outstanding balances at that date. The following table presents the Bank’s ten largest borrowers as of September 30, 2009.
TEN LARGEST BORROWERS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
(Par value, dollars in millions)
(Par value, dollars in millions)
Percent of | ||||||||||||
Name | City | State | Advances | Total Advances | ||||||||
Wachovia Bank, FSB (1) | Houston | TX | $ | 18,997 | 38.3 | % | ||||||
Comerica Bank | Dallas | TX | 6,000 | 12.1 | ||||||||
Bank of Albuquerque, N.A. | Albuquerque | NM | 1,235 | 2.5 | ||||||||
International Bank of Commerce | Laredo | TX | 1,043 | 2.1 | ||||||||
Southside Bank | Tyler | TX | 815 | 1.6 | ||||||||
Bank of Texas, N.A. | Dallas | TX | 786 | 1.6 | ||||||||
First National Bank | Edinburg | TX | 660 | 1.3 | ||||||||
Beal Bank Nevada | Las Vegas | NV | 621 | 1.3 | ||||||||
Arvest Bank | Rogers | AR | 583 | 1.2 | ||||||||
First Community Bank | Taos | NM | 498 | 1.0 | ||||||||
$ | 31,238 | 63.0 | % | |||||||||
(1) | Previously known as World Savings Bank, FSB (Texas) |
Effective December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo & Company (NYSE:WFC) acquired Wachovia Corporation, the holding company for Wachovia Bank, FSB (“Wachovia”), the Bank’s largest borrower and shareholder. As indicated in the table above, Wachovia had $19.0 billion of advances outstanding as of September 30, 2009, which represented 38.3 percent of the Bank’s total outstanding advances at that date. In October 2009, $750 million of Wachovia’s advances matured and were repaid. Wachovia’s remaining advances are scheduled to mature between March 2010 and October 2013.
Wells Fargo & Company (“Wells Fargo”) is headquartered in the Eleventh District of the FHLBank System and affiliates of Wells Fargo have historically maintained charters in the Fourth, Eighth, Eleventh and Twelfth Districts of the FHLBank System, which are served by the FHLBanks of Atlanta, Des Moines, San Francisco and Seattle, respectively. On November 1, 2009, Wachovia’s thrift charter was converted to a national bank charter with the name Wells Fargo Bank South, National Association (“Wells Fargo Bank South”). Wells Fargo then merged Wells Fargo Bank South into an out-of-district national bank affiliate, Wells Fargo Bank South Central, National Association (“WFSC”). WFSC retained the main office of Wells Fargo Bank South in Houston, Texas as its main office. On November 2, 2009, WFSC applied for membership in the Bank and its application is currently being reviewed. While this series of events indicates that Wells Fargo intends to maintain a membership relationship with the Bank, the Bank is currently unable to predict whether WFSC will alter its predecessor’s borrowing relationship with the Bank.
The loss of advances to one or more large borrowers, if not offset by growth in advances to other institutions, could have a negative impact on the Bank’s return on capital stock. A larger balance of advances helps to provide a critical mass of advances and capital to support the fixed component of the Bank’s cost structure, which helps maintain returns on capital stock, dividends and relatively lower advances pricing. In the event the Bank were to lose one or more large borrowers that represent a significant proportion of its business, it could, depending upon the magnitude of the impact, lower dividend rates, raise advances rates, attempt to reduce operating expenses (which could cause a reduction in service levels), or undertake some combination of these actions.
50
Table of Contents
The following table presents information regarding the composition of the Bank’s advances by remaining term to maturity as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
COMPOSITION OF ADVANCES
(Dollars in millions)
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Percentage | Percentage | |||||||||||||||
Balance | of Total | Balance | of Total | |||||||||||||
Fixed rate advances | ||||||||||||||||
Maturity less than one month | $ | 6,623 | 13.4 | % | $ | 10,745 | 17.8 | % | ||||||||
Maturity 1 month to 12 months | 3,884 | 7.8 | 3,404 | 5.6 | ||||||||||||
Maturity greater than 1 year | 5,927 | 12.0 | 7,446 | 12.4 | ||||||||||||
Fixed rate, amortizing | 3,366 | 6.8 | 3,654 | 6.1 | ||||||||||||
Fixed rate, putable | 4,147 | 8.3 | 4,201 | 7.0 | ||||||||||||
Total fixed rate advances | 23,947 | 48.3 | 29,450 | 48.9 | ||||||||||||
Floating rate advances | ||||||||||||||||
Maturity less than one month | 779 | 1.6 | 390 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||
Maturity 1 month to 12 months | 4,070 | 8.2 | 5,695 | 9.5 | ||||||||||||
Maturity greater than 1 year | 20,760 | 41.9 | 24,710 | 41.0 | ||||||||||||
Total floating rate advances | 25,609 | 51.7 | 30,795 | 51.1 | ||||||||||||
Total par value | $ | 49,556 | 100.0 | % | $ | 60,245 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
The Bank is required by statute and regulation to obtain sufficient collateral from members to fully secure all advances. The Bank’s collateral arrangements with its members and the types of collateral it accepts to secure advances are described in the 2008 10-K. To ensure the value of collateral pledged to the Bank is sufficient to secure its advances, the Bank applies various haircuts, or discounts, to determine the value of the collateral against which members may borrow. From time to time, the Bank reevaluates the adequacy of its collateral haircuts under a range of stress scenarios to ensure that its collateral haircuts are sufficient to protect the Bank from credit losses on advances. In addition, as described in the 2008 10-K, the Bank reviews the financial condition of its depository institution members on at least a quarterly basis to identify any members whose financial condition indicates they might pose an increased credit risk and, as needed, takes appropriate action. The Bank has not experienced any credit losses on advances since it was founded in 1932 and, based on its credit extension and collateral policies, management currently does not anticipate any credit losses on advances. Accordingly, the Bank has not provided any allowance for losses on advances.
Short-Term Liquidity Portfolio
At September 30, 2009, the Bank’s short-term liquidity portfolio was comprised of $3.3 billion of overnight federal funds sold to domestic counterparties and $1.2 billion of non-interest bearing excess cash balances held at the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. At December 31, 2008, the Bank’s short-term liquidity portfolio was comprised of $1.9 billion of overnight federal funds sold to domestic counterparties and $3.6 billion of interest-bearing deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. The amount of the Bank’s short-term liquidity portfolio fluctuates in response to several factors, including the projected demand for advances, changes in the Bank’s deposit balances, the Bank’s pre-funding activities, and changes in the returns provided by short-term investment alternatives relative to the Bank’s discount note funding costs.
51
Table of Contents
Long-Term Investments
At September 30, 2009, the Bank’s long-term investment portfolio was comprised of $12.1 billion of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and $0.1 billion of U.S. agency debentures. As of year-end 2008, the Bank’s long-term investment portfolio was comprised of $11.7 billion of MBS and $0.1 billion of U.S. agency debentures. The following tables present the Bank’s long-term investment portfolio at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
COMPOSITION OF LONG-TERM INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
(In millions of dollars)
(In millions of dollars)
Balance Sheet Classification | Total Long-Term | ||||||||||||||
Held-to-Maturity | Available-for-Sale | Investments | Held-to-Maturity | ||||||||||||
September 30, 2009 | (at carrying value) | (at fair value) | (at carrying value) | (at fair value) | |||||||||||
U.S. agency debentures | |||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | $ | 60 | $ | — | $ | 60 | $ | 60 | |||||||
MBS portfolio | |||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | 25 | — | 25 | 25 | |||||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprises | 11,556 | — | 11,556 | 11,524 | |||||||||||
Non-agency residential MBS | 472 | — | 472 | 378 | |||||||||||
Non-agency commercial MBS | 78 | — | 78 | 79 | |||||||||||
Total MBS | 12,131 | — | 12,131 | 12,006 | |||||||||||
State housing agency debenture | 3 | — | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||
Total long-term investments | $ | 12,194 | $ | — | $ | 12,194 | $ | 12,069 | |||||||
Balance Sheet Classification | Total Long-Term | ||||||||||||||
Held-to-Maturity | Available-for-Sale | Investments | Held-to-Maturity | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2008 | (at carrying value) | (at fair value) | (at carrying value) | (at fair value) | |||||||||||
U.S. agency debentures | |||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | $ | 66 | $ | — | $ | 66 | $ | 66 | |||||||
MBS portfolio | |||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed obligations | 29 | — | 29 | 28 | |||||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprises | 10,629 | 99 | 10,728 | 10,386 | |||||||||||
Non-agency residential MBS | 677 | — | 677 | 400 | |||||||||||
Non-agency commercial MBS | 297 | 28 | 325 | 287 | |||||||||||
Total MBS | 11,632 | 127 | 11,759 | 11,101 | |||||||||||
State housing agency debenture | 4 | — | 4 | 3 | |||||||||||
Total long-term investments | $ | 11,702 | $ | 127 | $ | 11,829 | $ | 11,170 | |||||||
During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank acquired $2.9 billion of LIBOR-indexed floating rate collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) issued by either Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, $230 million of which had not yet settled as of September 30, 2009. As further described below, the floating rate coupons of these securities, which the Bank designated as held-to-maturity, are subject to interest rate caps. During this same nine-month period, the proceeds from maturities of long-term securities designated as held-to-maturity and available-for-sale totaled approximately $2.4 billion and $42.5 million, respectively. In March 2009, the Bank sold an available-for-sale security (specifically, a government-sponsored enterprise MBS) with an amortized cost of $86.2 million. Proceeds from the sale totaled $87.0 million, resulting in a gross realized gain of $0.8 million. There were no other sales of available-for-sale securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Prior to June 30, 2008, the Bank was precluded from purchasing additional MBS if such purchase would cause the aggregate book value of its MBS holdings to exceed 300 percent of the Bank’s total regulatory capital (an amount equal to the Bank’s retained earnings plus amounts paid in for Class B stock, regardless of its classification as equity or liabilities for financial reporting purposes). On March 24, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Finance Board passed a resolution that authorizes each FHLBank to temporarily invest up to an additional 300 percent of its total
52
Table of Contents
capital in agency mortgage securities. The resolution requires, among other things, that a FHLBank notify the Finance Board (now Finance Agency) prior to its first acquisition under the expanded authority and include in its notification a description of the risk management practices underlying its purchases. The expanded authority is limited to MBS issued by, or backed by pools of mortgages guaranteed by, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, including CMOs or real estate mortgage investment conduits backed by such MBS. The mortgage loans underlying any securities that are purchased under this expanded authority must be originated after January 1, 2008, and underwritten to conform to standards imposed by the federal banking agencies in theInteragency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risksdated October 4, 2006, and theStatement on Subprime Mortgage Lendingdated July 10, 2007.
The expanded investment authority granted by this resolution will expire on March 31, 2010, after which a FHLBank may not purchase additional mortgage securities if such purchases would exceed an amount equal to 300 percent of its total capital provided, however, that the expiration of the expanded investment authority will not require any FHLBank to sell any agency mortgage securities it purchased in accordance with the terms of the resolution.
On April 23, 2008, the Bank’s Board of Directors authorized an increase in the Bank’s MBS investment authority of 100 percent of its total regulatory capital. In accordance with the provisions of the resolution and Advisory Bulletin 2008-AB-01,“Temporary Increase in Mortgage-Backed Securities Investment Authority”dated April 3, 2008 (“AB 2008-01”), the Bank notified the Finance Board’s Office of Supervision on April 29, 2008 of its intent to exercise the new investment authority in an amount up to an additional 100 percent of capital. On June 30, 2008, the Office of Supervision approved the Bank’s submission, thereby raising the Bank’s MBS investment authority from 300 percent to 400 percent of its total regulatory capital. The Bank’s Board of Directors may subsequently expand the Bank’s incremental MBS investment authority by some amount up to the entire additional 300 percent of capital authorized by the Finance Board. Any such increase authorized by the Bank’s Board of Directors would require approval from the Finance Agency. At September 30, 2009, the Bank held $12.1 billion (carrying value) of MBS, which represented 413 percent of its total regulatory capital. Since the Bank was in compliance with the expanded investment authority at the time it purchased its current MBS holdings, the Bank is not considered to be out of compliance with the regulatory limit. The Bank is, however, precluded from purchasing additional MBS until the outstanding principal amount of its current holdings falls below four times its capital.
The following table provides the par amounts and carrying values of the Bank’s MBS portfolio as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
53
Table of Contents
COMPOSITION OF MBS PORTFOLIO
(In millions of dollars)
(In millions of dollars)
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Par(1) | Carrying Value | Par(1) | Carrying Value | |||||||||||||
Floating rate MBS | ||||||||||||||||
Floating rate CMOs | ||||||||||||||||
U.S. government guaranteed | $ | 25 | $ | 25 | $ | 29 | $ | 29 | ||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprises | 11,712 | 11,553 | 10,880 | 10,714 | ||||||||||||
Non-agency RMBS | 547 | 472 | 677 | 677 | ||||||||||||
Total floating rate CMOs | 12,284 | 12,050 | 11,586 | 11,420 | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swapped MBS(2) | ||||||||||||||||
Triple-A rated non-agency CMBS (3) | — | — | 29 | 28 | ||||||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprise DUS(4) | — | — | 10 | 10 | ||||||||||||
Total swapped MBS | — | — | 39 | 38 | ||||||||||||
Total floating rate MBS | 12,284 | 12,050 | 11,625 | 11,458 | ||||||||||||
Fixed rate MBS | ||||||||||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprises | 3 | 3 | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||
Triple-A rated non-agency CMBS(5) | 78 | 78 | 297 | 297 | ||||||||||||
Total fixed rate MBS | 81 | 81 | 301 | 301 | ||||||||||||
Total MBS | $ | 12,365 | $ | 12,131 | $ | 11,926 | $ | 11,759 | ||||||||
(1) | Balances represent the principal amounts of the securities. | |
(2) | In the interest rate swapped MBS transactions, the Bank had entered into balance-guaranteed interest rate swaps in which it paid the swap counterparty the coupon payments of the underlying security in exchange for LIBOR-indexed coupons. | |
(3) | CMBS = Commercial mortgage-backed securities. | |
(4) | DUS = Designated Underwriter Servicer. | |
(5) | The Bank match funded these CMBS at the time of purchase with fixed rate debt securities. |
Unrealized losses on the Bank’s MBS classified as held-to-maturity decreased from $557.0 million at December 31, 2008 to $260.5 million at September 30, 2009. The Bank did not have any securities classified as available-for-sale at September 30, 2009. At December 31, 2008, unrealized losses on the Bank’s MBS classified as available-for-sale totaled $1.7 million.
The following table sets forth the unrealized losses on the Bank’s MBS portfolio as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
UNREALIZED LOSSES ON MBS PORTFOLIO
(dollars in millions)
(dollars in millions)
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Gross | Unrealized Losses | Gross | Unrealized Losses | |||||||||||||
Unrealized | as Percentage of | Unrealized | as Percentage of | |||||||||||||
Losses | Amortized Cost | Losses | Amortized Cost | |||||||||||||
Government guaranteed | $ | — | 0.6 | % | $ | 1 | 2.8 | % | ||||||||
Government-sponsored enterprises | 94 | 0.8 | % | 270 | 2.5 | % | ||||||||||
Non-agency RMBS | 166 | 30.6 | % | 277 | 40.9 | % | ||||||||||
Non-agency CMBS | — | 0.0 | % | 11 | 3.4 | % | ||||||||||
$ | 260 | $ | 559 | |||||||||||||
54
Table of Contents
The Bank evaluates outstanding available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position as of the end of each quarter for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). An investment security is impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its amortized cost. The unrealized losses on the Bank’s held-to-maturity securities portfolio as of September 30, 2009 were generally attributable to the continuing, though diminished, dislocation in the credit markets. All of the Bank’s held-to-maturity securities are rated by one or more of the following NRSROs: Moody’s, S&P and/or Fitch Ratings, Ltd. (“Fitch”). With the exception of 20 non-agency RMBS, as presented below, none of these organizations had rated any of the securities held by the Bank lower than the highest investment grade credit rating at September 30, 2009. Based upon the Bank’s assessment of the creditworthiness of the issuers of the debentures held by the Bank, the credit ratings assigned by the NRSROs, the strength of the government-sponsored enterprises’ guarantees of the Bank’s holdings of agency MBS and, in the case of its non-agency commercial MBS (“CMBS”), the performance of the underlying loans and the credit support provided by the subordinate securities as further discussed below, the Bank expects that its holdings of U.S. government guaranteed debentures, state housing agency debentures, U.S. government guaranteed MBS, government-sponsored enterprise MBS and non-agency CMBS would not be settled at an amount less than the Bank’s amortized cost bases in these investments. Because the declines in market value are not attributable to credit quality, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, the Bank does not consider any of these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2009.
As of September 30, 2009, the gross unrealized losses on the Bank’s holdings of non-agency RMBS totaled $166 million, which represented 30.6 percent of the securities’ amortized cost at that date. The deterioration in the U.S. housing markets, as reflected by declines in the values of residential real estate and increasing levels of delinquencies, defaults and losses on residential mortgages, including the mortgages underlying the Bank’s non-agency RMBS, has generally elevated the risk that the Bank may not ultimately recover the entire cost bases of some of its non-agency RMBS. Despite the elevated risk, based on its analysis of the securities in this portfolio, the Bank believes that the unrealized losses noted above were principally the result of diminished liquidity and significant risk-related discounts in the non-agency RMBS market and do not accurately reflect the actual historical or currently likely future credit performance of the securities.
As noted above, all of the Bank’s held-to-maturity securities are rated by one or more NRSROs. The following table presents the credit ratings assigned to the Bank’s non-agency RMBS as of September 30, 2009 (dollars in thousands). The credit ratings presented in the table represent the lowest rating assigned to the security by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch.
NON-AGENCY RMBS CREDIT RATINGS
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands)
Credit Rating | Number of Securities | Amortized Cost | Carrying Value | Estimated Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | |||||||||||||||
Triple-A | 20 | $ | 225,787 | $ | 225,787 | $ | 196,225 | $ | 29,562 | |||||||||||
Double-A | 5 | 54,614 | 54,614 | 36,061 | 18,553 | |||||||||||||||
Single-A | 2 | 40,556 | 40,556 | 25,738 | 14,818 | |||||||||||||||
Triple-B | 6 | 82,350 | 70,966 | 42,618 | 39,732 | |||||||||||||||
Double-B | 3 | 35,172 | 23,677 | 18,758 | 16,414 | |||||||||||||||
Single-B | 3 | 60,488 | 28,483 | 30,562 | 29,926 | |||||||||||||||
Triple-C | 1 | 44,876 | 27,543 | 27,543 | 17,333 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 40 | $ | 543,843 | $ | 471,626 | $ | 377,505 | $ | 166,338 | |||||||||||
During the period from October 1, 2009 through November 11, 2009, none of the Bank’s non-agency RMBS were downgraded by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch.
At September 30, 2009, the Bank’s portfolio of non-agency RMBS was comprised of 40 securities with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $547 million: 21 securities with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $290 million
55
Table of Contents
are backed by fixed rate loans and 19 securities with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $257 million are backed by option adjustable-rate mortgage (“option ARM”) loans. In comparison, as of December 31, 2008, the Bank’s non-agency RMBS portfolio was comprised of 42 securities with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $677 million (the securities backed by fixed rate loans had an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $395 million while the securities backed by option ARM loans had an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $282 million). All of these investments are classified as held-to-maturity securities. The following table provides a summary of the Bank’s non-agency RMBS as of September 30, 2009 by collateral type and year of securitization.
NON-AGENCY RMBS BY UNDERLYING COLLATERAL TYPE
(dollars in millions)
(dollars in millions)
Credit Enhancement Statistics | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unpaid | Weighted Average | Current | Original | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of | Principal | Amortized | Estimated | Unrealized | Collateral | Weighted | Weighted | Minimum | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year of Securitization | Securities | Balance | Cost | Fair Value | Losses | Delinquency(1)(2) | Average(1)(3) | Average(1) | Current(4) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed Rate Collateral | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | 1 | $ | 46 | $ | 45 | $ | 28 | $ | 17 | 8.42 | % | 8.74 | % | 8.89 | % | 8.74 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
2005 | 1 | 33 | 33 | 22 | 11 | 6.72 | % | 10.28 | % | 6.84 | % | 10.28 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 | 5 | 42 | 42 | 38 | 4 | 3.43 | % | 16.99 | % | 6.00 | % | 14.38 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 11 | 156 | 156 | 140 | 16 | 0.64 | % | 6.66 | % | 3.98 | % | 4.93 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2002 and prior | 3 | 13 | 13 | 12 | 1 | 5.71 | % | 20.71 | % | 4.47 | % | 16.55 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 290 | 289 | 240 | 49 | 3.20 | % | 9.53 | % | 5.40 | % | 4.93 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Option ARM Collateral | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2005 | 17 | 243 | 241 | 130 | 111 | 30.43 | % | 48.69 | % | 42.57 | % | 31.69 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 | 2 | 14 | 14 | 8 | 6 | 29.67 | % | 38.22 | % | 30.13 | % | 34.68 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | 257 | 255 | 138 | 117 | 30.39 | % | 48.11 | % | 41.87 | % | 31.69 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total non-agency RMBS | 40 | $ | 547 | $ | 544 | $ | 378 | $ | 166 | 16.00 | % | 27.69 | % | 22.57 | % | 4.93 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
(1) | Weighted average percentages are computed based upon unpaid principal balances. | |
(2) | Collateral delinquency reflects the percentage of underlying loans that are 60 or more days past due, including loans in foreclosure and real estate owned; as of September 30, 2009, actual cumulative loan losses underlying the Bank’s non-agency RMBS portfolio ranged from 0 percent to 5.08 percent. | |
(3) | Current credit enhancement percentages reflect the ability of subordinated classes of securities to absorb principal losses and interest shortfalls before the senior classes held by the Bank are impacted (i.e., the losses, expressed as a percentage of the outstanding principal balances, that could be incurred in the underlying loan pools before the securities held by the Bank would be impacted, assuming that all of those losses occurred on the measurement date). Depending upon the timing and amount of losses in the underlying loan pool, it is possible that the senior classes held by the Bank could bear losses in scenarios where the cumulative loan losses do not exceed the current credit enhancement percentage. | |
(4) | Minimum credit enhancement reflects the security in each vintage year with the lowest current credit enhancement. |
The geographic concentration by state of the loans underlying the Bank’s non-agency RMBS as of December 31, 2008 is provided in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. There were no substantial changes in these concentrations during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
As of September 30, 2009, the Bank held six non-agency RMBS with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $97 million that were classified as Alt-A at the time of issuance. Four of the six Alt-A securities (with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $55 million) are backed by fixed rate loans while the other two securities (with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $42 million) are backed by option ARM loans. The Bank does not hold any MBS that were classified as subprime at the time of issuance. The following table provides a summary as of September 30, 2009 of the Bank’s non-agency RMBS that were classified as Alt-A at the time of issuance.
56
Table of Contents
SECURITIES CLASSIFIED AS ALT-A AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE
(dollars in millions)
Credit Enhancement Statistics | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unpaid | Weighted Average | Original | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of | Principal | Amortized | Estimated | Unrealized | Collateral | Current Weighted | Weighted | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year of Securitization | Securities | Balance | Cost | Fair Value | Losses | Delinquency(1)(2) | Average(1)(3) | Average(1) | Minimum Current(4) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2005 | 3 | $ | 75 | $ | 73 | $ | 42 | $ | 31 | 24.66 | % | 29.43 | % | 25.18 | % | 10.28 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
2004 | 1 | 10 | 10 | 9 | 1 | 7.18 | % | 21.77 | % | 6.85 | % | 21.77 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2002 and prior | 2 | 12 | 12 | 11 | 1 | 5.92 | % | 20.03 | % | 4.56 | % | 16.55 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 6 | $ | 97 | $ | 95 | $ | 62 | $ | 33 | 20.45 | % | 27.43 | % | 20.64 | % | 10.28 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
(1) | Weighted average percentages are computed based upon unpaid principal balances. | |
(2) | Collateral delinquency reflects the percentage of underlying loans that are 60 or more days past due, including loans in foreclosure and real estate owned; as of September 30, 2009, actual cumulative loan losses underlying the securities presented in the table ranged from 0.18 percent to 2.82 percent. | |
(3) | Current credit enhancement percentages reflect the ability of subordinated classes of securities to absorb principal losses and interest shortfalls before the senior classes held by the Bank are impacted (i.e., the losses, expressed as a percentage of the outstanding principal balances, that could be incurred in the underlying loan pools before the securities held by the Bank would be impacted, assuming that all of those losses occurred on the measurement date). Depending upon the timing and amount of losses in the underlying loan pool, it is possible that the senior classes held by the Bank could bear losses in scenarios where the cumulative loan losses do not exceed the current credit enhancement percentage. | |
(4) | Minimum credit enhancement reflects the security in each vintage year with the lowest current credit enhancement. |
Because the ultimate receipt of contractual payments on the Bank’s non-agency RMBS will depend upon the credit and prepayment performance of the underlying loans and the credit enhancements for the senior securities owned by the Bank, the Bank closely monitors these investments in an effort to determine whether the credit enhancement associated with each security is sufficient to protect against potential losses of principal and interest on the underlying mortgage loans. The credit enhancement for each of the Bank’s non-agency RMBS is provided by a senior/subordinate structure, and none of the securities owned by the Bank are insured by third party bond insurers. More specifically, each of the Bank’s non-agency RMBS represents a single security class within a securitization that has multiple classes of securities. Each security class has a distinct claim on the cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans, with the subordinate securities having a junior claim relative to the more senior securities. The Bank’s non-agency RMBS have a senior claim on the cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans.
To assess whether the entire amortized cost bases of its non-agency RMBS will be recovered, the Bank performed a cash flow analysis for each security as of September 30, 2009 using two third party models. The first model considers borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Bank’s securities, in conjunction with assumptions about future changes in home prices and interest rates, to project prepayments, defaults and loss severities. A significant input to the first model is the forecast of future housing price changes for the relevant states and core based statistical areas (“CBSAs”), which are based upon an assessment of the individual housing markets. (The term CBSA refers collectively to metropolitan and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget; as currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one urban area of 10,000 or more people.) The Bank’s housing price forecast as of September 30, 2009 assumed current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0 percent to 20 percent over the next 9 to 15 months. Thereafter, home prices are projected to increase 0 percent in the first six months, 0.5 percent in the next six months, 3 percent in the second year and 4 percent in each subsequent year. The month-by-month projections of future loan performance derived from the first model, which reflect projected prepayments, defaults and loss severities, are then input into a second model that allocates the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in the securitization structure in accordance with its prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules. In a securitization in which the credit enhancement for the senior securities is derived from the presence of subordinate securities, losses are generally allocated first to the subordinate securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero.
Based on the results of its cash flow analyses, the Bank determined that it is likely that it will not fully recover the amortized cost bases of seven of its non-agency RMBS and, accordingly, these securities were deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2009. These securities included four securities, with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $98.8 million at September 30, 2009, that had previously been identified as other-than-temporarily impaired in prior periods and three securities, with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $52.0 million at September 30, 2009, that were initially determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2009. The difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from these seven securities and their amortized cost bases (i.e., the credit losses) totaled $2.3 million as of September 30, 2009.
57
Table of Contents
Because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their remaining amortized cost bases (that is, their previous amortized cost basis less the current-period credit loss), only the amounts related to the credit losses were recognized in earnings. Because the estimated fair values of three of the four previously impaired securities increased by an amount greater than the accretion of the non-credit portion of the other-than-temporary impairment charge recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as of June 30, 2009, the additional credit losses associated with these previously impaired securities, totaling $1.3 million, were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings during the three months ended September 30, 2009. No additional non-credit impairment was recorded for these three securities in other comprehensive income during the three months ended September 30, 2009. Additional total impairment losses of $2.3 million (comprised of credit and non-credit losses of $0.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively), were recorded on the other previously impaired security during the three months ended September 30, 2009. At September 30, 2009, the difference between the three newly impaired securities’ amortized cost bases (after recognition of the current-period credit losses totaling $0.5 million) and their estimated fair values totaled $25.3 million, which was recognized as non-credit losses in other comprehensive income.
The following tables set forth additional information for each of the securities that was deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2009. The credit ratings presented in the first table represent the lowest rating assigned to the security by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch as of September 30, 2009.
SUMMARY OF OTTI LOSSES FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands)
Period of | Credit | Non-Credit | ||||||||||||||||||
Initial | Credit | Total | Component | Component | ||||||||||||||||
Impairment | Rating | OTTI | of OTTI | of OTTI | ||||||||||||||||
Security #1 | Q1 2009 | Single-B | $ | 13,139 | $ | 1,369 | $ | 11,770 | ||||||||||||
Security #2 | Q1 2009 | Double-B | 13,076 | 16 | 13,060 | |||||||||||||||
Security #3 | Q2 2009 | Triple-C | 19,358 | 1,029 | 18,329 | |||||||||||||||
Security #4 | Q2 2009 | Triple-B | 8,585 | 54 | 8,531 | |||||||||||||||
Security #5 | Q3 2009 | Single-B | 11,738 | 220 | 11,518 | |||||||||||||||
Security #6 | Q3 2009 | Single-B | 10,502 | 274 | 10,228 | |||||||||||||||
Security #7 | Q3 2009 | Triple-B | 3,544 | 21 | 3,523 | |||||||||||||||
Totals | $ | 79,942 | $ | 2,983 | $ | 76,959 | ||||||||||||||
SUMMARY OF OTTI SECURITIES AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands)
Accumulated OCI | ||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost | Non-Credit | Accretion of | Estimated | |||||||||||||||||
After Credit | Component | Non-Credit | Carrying | Fair | ||||||||||||||||
Component of OTTI | of OTTI | Component | Value | Value | ||||||||||||||||
Security #1 | $ | 16,683 | $ | 11,770 | $ | 1,511 | $ | 6,424 | $ | 8,503 | ||||||||||
Security #2 | 20,530 | 13,060 | 1,566 | 9,036 | 11,037 | |||||||||||||||
Security #3 | 44,876 | 18,329 | 996 | 27,543 | 27,543 | |||||||||||||||
Security #4 | 14,247 | 8,531 | 669 | 6,385 | 7,665 | |||||||||||||||
Security #5 | 23,373 | 11,518 | — | 11,855 | 11,855 | |||||||||||||||
Security #6 | 20,432 | 10,228 | — | 10,204 | 10,204 | |||||||||||||||
Security #7 | 7,713 | 3,523 | — | 4,190 | 4,190 | |||||||||||||||
Totals | $ | 147,854 | $ | 76,959 | $ | 4,742 | $ | 75,637 | $ | 80,997 | ||||||||||
58
Table of Contents
Several factors contributed to the increase in projected credit losses on the Bank’s non-agency RMBS since June 30, 2009, including lower forecasted housing prices followed by a marginally slower housing price recovery, lower expected voluntary prepayment rates and higher projected losses on defaulted loans.
For those securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment was determined to have occurred as of September 30, 2009, the following table presents a summary of the significant inputs used to measure the amount of the credit loss recognized in earnings during the three months ended September 30, 2009 (dollars in thousands):
SIGNIFICANT INPUTS USED TO MEASURE CREDIT LOSSES AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands)
Significant Inputs(2) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unpaid | Projected | Projected | Projected | Current | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year of | Collateral | Principal | Prepayment | Default | Loss | Credit | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitization | Type(1) | Balance | Rate | Rate | Severity | Enhancement(3) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #1 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | $ | 18,054 | 6.4 | % | 77.1 | % | 48.2 | % | 37.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Security #2 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 20,546 | 8.4 | % | 61.0 | % | 51.3 | % | 51.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Security #3 | 2006 | Alt-A/Fixed Rate | 45,905 | 14.0 | % | 25.4 | % | 43.2 | % | 8.7 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Security #4 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 14,300 | 6.8 | % | 71.8 | % | 44.5 | % | 50.7 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Security #5 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 23,594 | 8.0 | % | 74.6 | % | 49.3 | % | 49.7 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Security #6 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 20,706 | 7.5 | % | 66.4 | % | 40.2 | % | 31.7 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Security #7 | 2004 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 7,725 | 10.0 | % | 55.0 | % | 42.0 | % | 34.7 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 150,830 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) | Security #1 and Security #5 are the only securities presented in the table above that were classified as Alt-A at the time of issuance; however, based upon their current collateral or performance characteristics, all of the other-than-temporarily impaired securities presented in the table above were analyzed using Alt-A assumptions. | |
(2) | Prepayment rates reflect the weighted average of projected future voluntary prepayments. Default rates reflect the total balance of loans projected to default as a percentage of the current unpaid principal balance of the underlying loan pool. Loss severities reflect the total projected loan losses as a percentage of the total balance of loans that are projected to default. | |
(3) | Current credit enhancement percentages reflect the ability of subordinated classes of securities to absorb principal losses and interest shortfalls before the senior class held by the Bank is impacted (i.e., the losses, expressed as a percentage of the outstanding principal balances, that could be incurred in the underlying loan pool before the security held by the Bank would be impacted, assuming that all of those losses occurred on the measurement date). |
Because the Bank currently expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of each of its other non-agency RMBS holdings, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, the Bank does not consider any of its other non-agency RMBS to be other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2009.
In addition to evaluating its non-agency RMBS under a base case (or best estimate) scenario, a cash flow analysis was also performed for each of these securities under a more stressful housing price scenario. The more stressful scenario was based on a housing price forecast that was 5 percentage points lower at the trough than the base case scenario followed by a flatter recovery path. Under the more stressful scenario, current-to-trough home price declines were projected to range from 5 percent to 25 percent over the next 9 to 15 months. Thereafter, home prices were projected to increase 0 percent in the first year, 1 percent in the second year, 2 percent in each of the third and fourth years and 3 percent in each subsequent year.
As set forth in the table below, under the more stressful housing price scenario, 12 of the Bank’s non-agency RMBS would have been deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2009 (including the 7 securities that were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of that date). The stress test scenario and associated results do not represent the Bank’s current expectations and therefore should not be construed as a prediction of the Bank’s future results, market conditions or the actual performance of these securities. Rather, the results from this
59
Table of Contents
hypothetical stress test scenario provide a measure of the credit losses that the Bank might incur if home price declines (and subsequent recoveries) are more adverse than those projected in its OTTI assessment.
NON-AGENCY RMBS STRESS-TEST SCENARIO
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands)
Credit Losses | Hypothetical | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recorded | Credit | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
in Earnings | Losses Under | Current | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year of | Collateral | Carrying | Fair | During the | Stress-Test | Collateral | Credit | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securitization | Type(1) | Value | Value | Third Quarter | Scenario(2) | Delinquency(3) | Enhancement(4) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #1 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | $ | 6,424 | $ | 8,503 | $ | 1,214 | $ | 2,280 | 36.5 | % | 37.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Security #2 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 9,036 | 11,037 | 2 | 3 | 33.6 | % | 51.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #3 | 2006 | Alt-A/Fixed Rate | 27,543 | 27,543 | 547 | 1,631 | 8.4 | % | 8.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #4 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 6,385 | 7,665 | 34 | 672 | 24.5 | % | 50.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #5 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 11,855 | 11,855 | 220 | 1,156 | 40.7 | % | 49.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #6 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 10,204 | 10,204 | 274 | 1,367 | 27.4 | % | 31.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #7 | 2004 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 4,190 | 4,190 | 21 | 93 | 20.1 | % | 34.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #8 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 12,817 | 6,661 | — | 122 | 36.3 | % | 51.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #9 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 11,420 | 6,057 | — | 36 | 37.5 | % | 51.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #10 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 20,166 | 10,048 | — | 18 | 31.0 | % | 49.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #11 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 9,215 | 4,733 | — | 2 | 37.5 | % | 48.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Security #12 | 2005 | Alt-A/Option ARM | 7,624 | 4,063 | — | 5 | 32.3 | % | 50.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 136,879 | $ | 112,559 | $ | 2,312 | $ | 7,385 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) | Security #1 and Security #5 are the only securities that were classified as Alt-A at the time of issuance; however, based upon their current collateral or performance characteristics, all of the securities presented in the table above were analyzed using Alt-A assumptions. | |
(2) | Represents the credit losses that would have been recorded in earnings during the three months ended September 30, 2009 if the more stressful housing price scenario had been used in the Bank’s OTTI assessment. | |
(3) | Collateral delinquency reflects the percentage of underlying loans that are 60 or more days past due, including loans in foreclosure and real estate owned; as of September 30, 2009, actual cumulative loan losses underlying the securities presented in the table ranged from 0.97 percent to 5.08 percent. | |
(4) | Current credit enhancement percentages reflect the ability of subordinated classes of securities to absorb principal losses and interest shortfalls before the senior classes held by the Bank are impacted (i.e., the losses, expressed as a percentage, that could be incurred in the underlying loan pools before the securities held by the Bank would be impacted, assuming that all of those losses occurred on the measurement date). Depending upon the timing and amount of losses in the underlying loan pool, it is possible that the senior classes held by the Bank could bear losses in scenarios where the cumulative loan losses do not exceed the current credit enhancement percentage. |
In addition to its holdings of non-agency RMBS, as of September 30, 2009, the Bank held three non-agency CMBS with an aggregate unpaid principal balance, amortized cost and estimated fair value of $77.8 million, $77.8 million and $79.2 million, respectively. All of these securities were issued in 2000 and are classified as held-to-maturity. As of September 30, 2009, the portfolio’s weighted average collateral delinquency was 3.87 percent; at this same date, the current weighted average credit enhancement approximated 35.95 percent.
While most of its MBS portfolio is comprised of floating rate CMOs ($12.3 billion par value at September 30, 2009) that do not expose the Bank to interest rate risk if interest rates rise moderately, such securities include caps that would limit increases in the floating rate coupons if short-term interest rates rise dramatically. In addition, if interest rates rise, prepayments on the mortgage loans underlying the securities would likely decline, thus lengthening the time that the securities would remain outstanding with their coupon rates capped. As of September 30, 2009, the effective interest rate caps on one-month LIBOR (the interest cap rate minus the stated spread on the coupon) embedded in the CMO floaters ranged from 6.0 percent to 15.3 percent. The largest concentration of embedded effective caps ($10.2 billion) was between 6.0 percent and 7.0 percent. As of September 30, 2009, one-month LIBOR rates were approximately 575 basis points below the lowest effective interest rate cap embedded in the CMO floaters. To hedge a portion of the potential cap risk embedded in these securities, the Bank held (i) $1.25 billion of interest rate caps with remaining maturities ranging from 42 months to 57 months as of September 30, 2009, and strike rates ranging from 6.25 percent to 6.50 percent and (ii) five forward-starting interest rate caps, each of which has a notional amount of $250 million. Two of the forward-starting caps have terms that commence in June 2012; these forward-starting caps mature in June 2015 and June 2016 and have strike rates of 6.50 percent and 7.00 percent, respectively. The other three forward-starting caps have terms that commence in October 2012; these forward-starting caps mature in October 2014 and October 2015 and have strike rates ranging from 6.00 percent to 7.00 percent. If interest rates rise above the strike rates specified in these interest rate cap agreements, the Bank will be entitled to receive interest payments according to the terms and conditions of such agreements. Such payments would be based upon the notional amounts of those agreements and the difference between the specified strike rate and one-month LIBOR.
60
Table of Contents
The following table provides a summary of the notional amounts, strike rates and expiration periods of the Bank’s current portfolio of stand-alone CMO-related interest rate cap agreements.
SUMMARY OF CMO-RELATED INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENTS
(dollars in millions)
(dollars in millions)
Expiration | Notional Amount | Strike Rate | ||||||
Second quarter 2013 | $ | 500 | 6.25 | % | ||||
Second quarter 2013 | 250 | 6.50 | % | |||||
Third quarter 2014 | 500 | 6.50 | % | |||||
Fourth quarter 2014 (1) | 250 | 6.50 | % | |||||
Second quarter 2015(2) | 250 | 6.50 | % | |||||
Fourth quarter 2015 (1) | 250 | 6.00 | % | |||||
Fourth quarter 2015 (1) | 250 | 7.00 | % | |||||
Second quarter 2016 (2) | 250 | 7.00 | % | |||||
$ | 2,500 | |||||||
(1) | These caps are effective beginning in October 2012. | |
(2) | These caps are effective beginning in June 2012. |
Consolidated Obligations and Deposits
As of September 30, 2009, the carrying values of the Bank’s consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes totaled $52.1 billion and $10.7 billion, respectively. At that date, the par value of the Bank’s outstanding bonds was $51.6 billion and the par value of the Bank’s outstanding discount notes was $10.7 billion. In comparison, at December 31, 2008, the carrying values of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes totaled $56.6 billion and $16.7 billion, respectively, and the par values of the Bank’s outstanding bonds and discount notes totaled $56.0 billion and $16.9 billion, respectively.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank’s outstanding consolidated obligations decreased by $10.6 billion, in line with the decrease in outstanding advances during that period. The decrease in the par value of consolidated obligations was comprised of decreases of $4.4 billion and $6.2 billion in consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes, respectively.
As discussed in the 2008 10-K, market developments during the second half of 2008 stimulated investors’ demand for short-term GSE debt and limited their demand for longer term debt. As a result, during the second half of 2008, the Bank’s potential funding costs associated with issuing long-maturity debt, as compared to three-month LIBOR on a swapped cash flow basis, rose sharply relative to short-term debt. These market conditions continued into early 2009, and, as a result, the Bank relied in large part on the issuance of short-term debt to meet its funding needs during the first half of 2009. The Bank’s access to debt with a wider range of maturities, and the pricing of those bonds, improved somewhat during the latter part of the second quarter and the third quarter of 2009 and therefore the Bank relied on the issuance of short-maturity debt to a lesser extent during this period. The following table presents the composition of the Bank’s outstanding bonds at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
61
Table of Contents
COMPOSITION OF BONDS OUTSTANDING
(Par value, dollars in millions)
(Par value, dollars in millions)
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Percentage | Percentage | |||||||||||||||
Balance | of Total | Balance | of Total | |||||||||||||
Single-index floating rate | $ | 24,445 | 47.4 | % | $ | 13,093 | 23.4 | % | ||||||||
Fixed rate, non-callable | 20,777 | 40.2 | 31,767 | 56.7 | ||||||||||||
Callable step-up | 3,127 | 6.1 | 78 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||
Fixed rate, callable | 2,877 | 5.6 | 11,054 | 19.8 | ||||||||||||
Conversion | 320 | 0.6 | — | — | ||||||||||||
Callable step-down | 100 | 0.1 | 15 | — | ||||||||||||
Total par value | $ | 51,646 | 100.0 | % | $ | 56,007 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
Single-index floating rate bonds have variable rate coupons that generally reset based on either one- or three-month LIBOR or the daily federal funds rate; these bonds may contain caps that limit the increases in the floating rate coupons. Fixed rate bonds have coupons that are fixed over the lives of the bonds. Some fixed rate bonds contain provisions that enable the Bank to call the bonds at its option on predetermined call dates. Callable step-up bonds pay interest at increasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the lives of the bonds and contain provisions enabling the Bank to call the bonds at its option on predetermined dates. Conversion bonds have coupons that convert from fixed to floating, or from floating to fixed, on predetermined dates. Callable step-down bonds pay interest at decreasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the lives of the bonds and contain provisions enabling the Bank to call the bonds at its option on predetermined dates.
Demand and term deposits were $1.0 billion and $1.4 billion at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The size of the Bank’s deposit base varies as market factors change, including the attractiveness of the Bank’s deposit pricing relative to the rates available to members on alternative money market investments, members’ investment preferences with respect to the maturity of their investments, and members’ liquidity.
Capital Stock
The Bank’s outstanding capital stock (for financial reporting purposes) was approximately $2.609 billion and $3.224 billion at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The Bank’s average outstanding capital stock (for financial reporting purposes) decreased from $2.911 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $2.825 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease in outstanding capital stock from December 31, 2008 to September 30, 2009 was largely attributable to the decline in members’ activity-based investment requirements resulting from the decline in outstanding advances balances. In addition, in September 2009, the Bank repurchased all of the capital stock that had been held by Guaranty prior to its closure by the OTS. At the time of its repurchase, this stock (totaling $102.7 million) was classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock.
Members are required to maintain an investment in Class B stock equal to the sum of a membership investment requirement and an activity-based investment requirement. There were no changes in the investment requirement percentages during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Periodically, the Bank repurchases a portion of members’ excess capital stock. Excess stock is defined as the amount of stock held by a member (or former member) in excess of that institution’s minimum investment requirement. The portion of members’ excess capital stock subject to repurchase is known as surplus stock. The Bank generally repurchases surplus stock on the last business day of the month following the end of each calendar quarter (e.g., January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31). For the repurchases that occurred on January 30, 2009, April 30, 2009, July 31, 2009 and October 30, 2009, surplus stock was defined as the amount of stock held by a member in excess of 120 percent of the member’s minimum investment requirement. The Bank’s practice has been that a member’s surplus stock will not be repurchased if the amount of that member’s surplus stock is $250,000 or less. From time to time, the Bank may modify the definition of surplus stock or the timing and/or frequency of surplus stock repurchases.
62
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the repurchases of surplus stock that have occurred since December 31, 2008.
REPURCHASES OF SURPLUS STOCK
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands)
Amount Classified | ||||||||||||
as Mandatorily | ||||||||||||
Redeemable Capital | ||||||||||||
Date of Repurchase | Stock at Date of | |||||||||||
by the Bank | Shares Repurchased | Amount of Repurchase | Repurchase | |||||||||
January 30, 2009 | 1,683,239 | $ | 168,324 | $7,602 | ||||||||
April 30, 2009 | 1,016,045 | 101,605 | — | |||||||||
July 31, 2009 | 1,368,402 | 136,840 | — | |||||||||
October 30, 2009 | 1,065,165 | 106,517 | — |
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock outstanding at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was $8.6 million and $90.4 million, respectively. The following table presents mandatorily redeemable capital stock outstanding, by reason for classification as a liability, as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
HOLDINGS OF MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CAPITAL STOCK
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands)
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Number of | Number of | |||||||||||||||
Capital Stock Status | Institutions | Amount | Institutions | Amount | ||||||||||||
Held by the FDIC, as receiver of Franklin Bank, S.S.B. | 1 | $ | 26 | 1 | $ | 57,432 | ||||||||||
Held by Capital One, National Association | 1 | 972 | 1 | 26,350 | ||||||||||||
Held by Washington Mutual Bank | — | — | 1 | 103 | ||||||||||||
Subject to withdrawal notice | 7 | 1,820 | 5 | 1,198 | ||||||||||||
Held by other non-members | 12 | 5,828 | 10 | 5,270 | ||||||||||||
Total | 21 | $ | 8,646 | 18 | $ | 90,353 | ||||||||||
Although mandatorily redeemable capital stock is excluded from capital (equity) for financial reporting purposes, such stock is considered capital for regulatory purposes (see the section below entitled “Risk-Based Capital Rules and Other Capital Requirements” for further information). Total outstanding capital stock for regulatory purposes (i.e., capital stock classified as equity for financial reporting purposes plus mandatorily redeemable capital stock) decreased from $3.314 billion at the end of 2008 to $2.617 billion at September 30, 2009.
At September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank’s ten largest shareholders held $1.4 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, of capital stock, which represented 53.7 percent and 57.4 percent, respectively, of the Bank’s total outstanding capital stock (including mandatorily redeemable capital stock) as of those dates. The following table presents the Bank’s ten largest shareholders as of September 30, 2009.
63
Table of Contents
TEN LARGEST SHAREHOLDERS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)
Percent of | ||||||||||||
Capital | Total | |||||||||||
Name | City | State | Stock | Capital Stock | ||||||||
Wachovia Bank, FSB (1) | Houston | TX | $ | 828,763 | 31.7 | % | ||||||
Comerica Bank | Dallas | TX | 271,158 | 10.3 | ||||||||
International Bank of Commerce | Laredo | TX | 63,794 | 2.4 | ||||||||
Bank of Albuquerque, N.A. | Albuquerque | NM | 51,428 | 2.0 | ||||||||
Southside Bank | Tyler | TX | 36,838 | 1.4 | ||||||||
Bank of Texas, N.A. | Dallas | TX | 34,823 | 1.3 | ||||||||
BancorpSouth Bank | Tupelo | MS | 30,847 | 1.2 | ||||||||
First National Bank | Edinburg | TX | 30,790 | 1.2 | ||||||||
Arvest Bank | Rogers | AR | 30,227 | 1.2 | ||||||||
Beal Bank Nevada | Las Vegas | NV | 27,350 | 1.0 | ||||||||
$ | 1,406,018 | 53.7 | % | |||||||||
(1) | Previously known as World Savings Bank, FSB (Texas) |
The stock held by the ten institutions shown in the table above was classified as capital in the statement of condition as of September 30, 2009.
At September 30, 2009, the Bank’s excess stock totaled $266.8 million, which represented 0.4 percent of the Bank’s total assets as of that date.
Retained Earnings and Dividends
During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank’s retained earnings increased by $101.8 million, from $216.0 million to $317.8 million. During this same period, the Bank paid dividends on capital stock totaling $6.7 million, which represented an annualized dividend rate of 0.29 percent. The Bank’s first, second and third quarter 2009 dividend rates approximated the average effective federal funds rates for the quarters ended December 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009, respectively. In addition, the Bank paid dividends totaling $133,000 on capital stock classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock. These dividends, which were also paid at an annualized rate of 0.29 percent, are treated as interest expense for financial reporting purposes. The Bank pays dividends on all outstanding capital stock at the same rate regardless of the accounting classification of the stock. The first quarter dividend, applied to average capital stock held during the period from October 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008, was paid on March 31, 2009. The second quarter dividend, applied to average capital stock held during the period from January 1, 2009 through March 31, 2009, was paid on June 30, 2009. The third quarter dividend, applied to average capital stock held during the period from April 1, 2009 through June 30, 2009, was paid on September 30, 2009.
The Bank has had a long-standing practice of benchmarking the dividend rate that it pays on capital stock to the average effective federal funds rate. Consistent with that practice, the Bank manages its balance sheet so that its returns (exclusive of gains on the sales of investment securities and the retirement or transfer of debt, if any, and fair value adjustments associated with derivatives and hedging activities) generally track short-term interest rates.
While there can be no assurances, taking several factors into consideration, the Bank currently expects to continue paying quarterly dividends for the foreseeable future. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Bank anticipates paying a
64
Table of Contents
dividend equal to the average effective federal funds rate for the third quarter of 2009. As set forth in the section above entitled “Overview — Business,” the average effective federal funds rate for the third quarter of 2009 was 0.16 percent. Consistent with its long-standing practice, the Bank expects to pay the fourth quarter 2009 dividend in the form of capital stock with any fractional shares paid in cash.
Derivatives and Hedging Activities
The Bank enters into interest rate swap, cap and forward agreements (collectively, interest rate exchange agreements) with highly rated financial institutions to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates and/or to adjust the effective maturity, repricing index and/or frequency or option characteristics of financial instruments. This use of derivatives is integral to the Bank’s financial management strategy, and the impact of these interest rate exchange agreements permeates the Bank’s financial statements. For additional discussion, see “Item 1. Financial Statements” (specifically, Note 8 beginning on page 18 of this report). As a result of using interest rate exchange agreements extensively to fulfill its role as a financial intermediary, the Bank has a large notional amount of interest rate exchange agreements relative to its size. As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank’s notional balance of interest rate exchange agreements was $64.1 billion and $70.1 billion, respectively, while its total assets were $67.3 billion and $78.9 billion, respectively.
The following table provides the notional balances of the Bank’s derivative instruments, by balance sheet category, as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the net fair value changes recorded in earnings for each of those categories during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.
65
Table of Contents
COMPOSITION OF DERIVATIVES
Net Change in Fair Value(7) | Net Change in Fair Value(7) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Notional at | Three Months Ended September 30, | Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | 2009 | 2008 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||
(In millions of dollars) | (In thousands of dollars) | (In thousands of dollars) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Advances | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-cut method(1) | $ | 9,803 | $ | 9,959 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||
Long-haul method(2) | 1,537 | 1,164 | (858 | ) | 2,001 | (2,448 | ) | 2,180 | ||||||||||||||||
Economic hedges(3) | 27 | 5 | (51 | ) | 147 | (44 | ) | 362 | ||||||||||||||||
Total | 11,367 | 11,128 | (909 | ) | 2,148 | (2,492 | ) | 2,542 | ||||||||||||||||
Investments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-haul method(2) | — | 40 | — | 3,250 | (102 | ) | 4,140 | |||||||||||||||||
Economic hedges(4) | — | — | — | 45 | — | 35 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | — | 40 | — | 3,295 | (102 | ) | 4,175 | |||||||||||||||||
Consolidated obligation bonds | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-cut method(1) | 95 | 95 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Long-haul method(2) | 24,768 | 37,795 | 1,052 | 60,933 | 59,954 | 67,032 | ||||||||||||||||||
Economic hedges(3) | 8,045 | 110 | 3,789 | (623 | ) | 19,711 | (549 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total | 32,908 | 38,000 | 4,841 | 60,310 | 79,665 | 66,483 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated obligation discount notes | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Economic hedges(3) | 7,553 | 5,270 | (1,049 | ) | (10,300 | ) | (4,810 | ) | (13,056 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other economic hedges | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate caps(5) | 2,500 | 3,500 | (3,125 | ) | (774 | ) | 5,496 | 5,741 | ||||||||||||||||
Basis swaps(6) | 9,700 | 12,200 | (5,345 | ) | (5,756 | ) | 4,022 | (2,569 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Member swaps (including offsetting swaps) | 24 | 7 | — | — | 32 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 12,224 | 15,707 | (8,470 | ) | (6,530 | ) | 9,550 | 3,172 | ||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives | $ | 64,052 | $ | 70,145 | $ | (5,587 | ) | $ | 48,923 | $ | 81,811 | $ | 63,316 | |||||||||||
Total short-cut method | $ | 9,898 | $ | 10,054 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||
Total long-haul method | 26,305 | 38,999 | 194 | 66,184 | 57,404 | 73,352 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total economic hedges | 27,849 | 21,092 | (5,781 | ) | (17,261 | ) | 24,407 | (10,036 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Total derivatives | $ | 64,052 | $ | 70,145 | $ | (5,587 | ) | $ | 48,923 | $ | 81,811 | $ | 63,316 | |||||||||||
(1) | The short-cut method allows the assumption of no ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship. | |
(2) | The long-haul method requires the hedge and hedged item to be marked to fair value independently. | |
(3) | Interest rate derivatives that are matched to advances or consolidated obligations, but that either do not qualify for hedge accounting or were not designated in a hedging relationship for accounting purposes. | |
(4) | Interest rate derivatives that were matched to investment securities designated as available-for-sale, but that did not qualify for hedge accounting. | |
(5) | Interest rate derivatives that hedge identified portfolio risks, but that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The Bank’s interest rate caps hedge embedded caps in floating rate CMOs designated as held-to-maturity. | |
(6) | At September 30, 2009, the Bank held $9.7 billion (notional) of interest rate basis swaps that were entered into to reduce the Bank’s exposure to changes in spreads between one-month and three-month LIBOR; $1.0 billion, $2.0 billion, $1.0 billion, $4.7 billion, and $1.0 billion of these agreements expire in the first quarter of 2011, the second quarter of 2013, the second quarter of 2014, the fourth quarter of 2018, and the first quarter of 2024, respectively. | |
(7) | Represents the difference in fair value adjustments for the derivatives and their hedged items. In cases involving economic hedges, the net change in fair value reflected in this table represents a one-sided mark, meaning that the net change in fair value represents the change in fair value of the derivative only. Gains and losses in the form of net interest payments on economic hedge derivatives are excluded from the amounts reflected above. |
By entering into interest rate exchange agreements with highly rated financial institutions (with which it has in place master swap agreements and credit support addendums), the Bank generally exchanges a defined market risk for the risk that the counterparty will not be able to fulfill its obligation in the future. The Bank manages this credit risk by spreading its transactions among as many highly rated counterparties as is practicable, by entering into collateral exchange agreements with all counterparties that include minimum collateral thresholds, and by monitoring its exposure to each counterparty at least monthly and as often as daily. In addition, all of the Bank’s collateral exchange agreements include master netting arrangements whereby the fair values of all interest rate derivatives (including accrued interest receivables and payables) with each counterparty are offset for purposes of measuring credit exposure. The collateral exchange agreements require the delivery of collateral consisting of cash or very liquid, highly rated securities (generally consisting of U.S. government guaranteed or agency debt securities) if credit risk exposures rise above the minimum thresholds.
The notional amount of interest rate exchange agreements does not reflect the Bank’s credit risk exposure, which is much less than the notional amount. The maximum credit risk exposure is the estimated cost, on a present value basis, of replacing at current market rates all interest rate exchange agreements with a counterparty with which the Bank is in a net gain position, if the counterparty were to default. Maximum credit risk exposure, as defined in the preceding sentence, does not consider the existence of any collateral held by the Bank. The Bank’s collateral
66
Table of Contents
exchange agreements with its counterparties generally establish maximum unsecured credit exposure thresholds (typically ranging from $100,000 to $500,000) that one party may have to the other. Once the counterparties agree to the valuations of the interest rate exchange agreements, and it is determined that the unsecured credit exposure exceeds the threshold, then, upon a request made by the unsecured counterparty, the party that has the unsecured obligation to the counterparty bearing the risk of the unsecured credit exposure generally must deliver sufficient collateral to reduce the unsecured credit exposure to zero. The following table provides information regarding the Bank’s derivative counterparty credit exposure as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
DERIVATIVES COUNTERPARTY CREDIT EXPOSURE
(Dollars in millions)
(Dollars in millions)
Maximum | Cash | Cash | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit | Number of | Notional | Credit | Collateral | Collateral | Net Exposure | ||||||||||||||||||
Rating(1) | Counterparties | Principal(2) | Exposure | Held | Due(3) | After Collateral | ||||||||||||||||||
September 30, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Aaa | 1 | $ | 895.0 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | |||||||||||||
Aa(4) | 10 | 50,511.3 | 205.4 | 186.1 | 18.3 | 1.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
A(5) | 4 | 12,633.1 | 20.2 | 12.8 | 7.4 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Excess collateral | — | — | — | 4.0 | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 15 | $ | 64,039.4 | (6) | $ | 225.6 | $ | 202.9 | $ | 25.7 | $ | 1.0 | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Aaa | 3 | $ | 17,099.2 | $ | 35.2 | $ | 27.3 | $ | 7.9 | $ | — | |||||||||||||
Aa(4) | 9 | 43,239.8 | 341.9 | 288.5 | 52.4 | 1.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
A(5) | 4 | 9,802.8 | 27.8 | 19.1 | 8.7 | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 16 | $ | 70,141.8 | (6) | $ | 404.9 | $ | 334.9 | $ | 69.0 | $ | 1.0 | ||||||||||||
(1) | Credit ratings shown in the table are obtained from Moody’s and are as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. | |
(2) | Includes amounts that had not settled as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008. | |
(3) | Amount of collateral to which the Bank had contractual rights under counterparty credit agreements based on September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 credit exposures. Cash collateral totaling $24.8 million and $68.5 million was delivered under these agreements in early October 2009 and early January 2009, respectively. | |
(4) | The figures for Aa-rated counterparties as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 include transactions with a counterparty that is affiliated with a member institution. Transactions with this counterparty had an aggregate notional principal of $539 million and $128 million as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. These transactions represented a credit exposure of $1.0 million and $3.7 million to the Bank as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. | |
(5) | The figures for A-rated counterparties as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 include transactions with one counterparty that is affiliated with a non-member shareholder of the Bank. Transactions with that counterparty had an aggregate notional principal of $1.9 billion and $1.4 billion as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and did not represent a credit exposure to the Bank at either of those dates. | |
(6) | Excludes $12.1 million and $3.5 million (notional amounts) of interest rate derivatives with members at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. This product offering is discussed in the paragraph below. |
In addition to the activities described above, the Bank offers interest rate swaps, caps and floors to its members to assist them in meeting their risk management objectives. In derivative transactions with its members, the Bank acts as an intermediary by entering into an interest rate exchange agreement with the member and then entering into an offsetting interest rate exchange agreement with one of the Bank’s derivative counterparties discussed above. When entering into interest rate exchange agreements with its members, the Bank requires the member to post eligible collateral in an amount equal to the sum of the net market value of the member’s derivative transactions with the Bank (if the value is positive to the Bank) plus a percentage of the notional amount of any interest rate swaps, with market values determined on at least a monthly basis. Eligible collateral for derivative transactions consists of collateral that is eligible to secure advances and other obligations under the member’s Advances and Security Agreement with the Bank.
67
Table of Contents
Market Value of Equity
The ratio of the Bank’s estimated market value of equity to its book value of equity was 99 percent at September 30, 2009. In comparison, this ratio was 75 percent as of December 31, 2008. The improvement in the Bank’s market value to book value of equity ratio was due in large part to increases in the values of its agency and, to a lesser extent, non-agency MBS. The increase in fair value of these securities was due primarily to reduced liquidity discounts in the MBS market. For additional discussion, see “Part I / Item 3 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Interest Rate Risk.”
Results of Operations
Net Income
Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $17.6 million and $75.1 million, respectively. The Bank’s net income for the three months ended September 30, 2009 represented an annualized return on average capital stock (ROCS) of 2.59 percent, which was 243 basis points above the average effective federal funds rate for the quarter. In comparison, the Bank’s ROCS was 9.85 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2008, which exceeded the average effective federal funds rate for that quarter by 791 basis points. Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $108.5 million and $146.9 million, respectively. The Bank’s net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 represented an ROCS of 5.14 percent, which was 497 basis points above the average effective federal funds rate for the period. In comparison, the Bank’s ROCS was 7.05 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, which was 465 basis points above the average effective federal funds rate for that period. To derive the Bank’s ROCS, net income is divided by average capital stock outstanding excluding stock that is classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock. The factors contributing to the changes in ROCS compared to the average effective federal funds rate are discussed below.
While the Bank is exempt from all Federal, State and local taxation (except for real property taxes), it is obligated to set aside amounts for its Affordable Housing Program (“AHP”) and generally to make quarterly payments to the Resolution Funding Corporation (“REFCORP”). Assessments for AHP and REFCORP, which are more fully described below, equate to a minimum 26.5 percent effective assessment rate for the Bank. Because interest expense on mandatorily redeemable capital stock is not deductible for purposes of computing the Bank’s AHP assessment, the effective rate may exceed 26.5 percent. The effective rate approximated 26.5 percent during both the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008. During these periods, the combined AHP and REFCORP assessments were $6.4 million and $27.1 million, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the effective rates were 26.5 percent and 26.6 percent, respectively, and the combined AHP and REFCORP assessments were $39.2 million and $53.2 million, respectively.
Income Before Assessments
During the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Bank’s income before assessments was $24.0 million and $102.2 million, respectively. The $78.2 million decrease in income before assessments from period to period was attributable to a $40.8 million decrease in other income, a $28.6 million decrease in net interest income and an $8.8 million increase in other expense. The decrease in other income was due to a $42.2 million decrease in net gains on derivatives and hedging activities.
The Bank’s income before assessments was $147.7 million and $200.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This $52.4 million decrease in income before assessments from period to period was attributable to a $136.5 million decrease in net interest income and an $11.3 million increase in other expense, offset by a $95.4 million increase in other income. The increase in other income was due largely to a $103.8 million increase in net gains on derivatives and hedging activities, partially offset by a $7.4 million decrease in debt extinguishment gains.
The components of income before assessments (net interest income, other income and other expense) are discussed in more detail in the following sections.
68
Table of Contents
Net Interest Income
For the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Bank’s net interest income was $33.5 million and $62.1 million, respectively. The Bank’s net interest income was $25.4 million and $161.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As described further below, the Bank’s net interest income does not include net interest payments on economic hedge derivatives, which contributed significantly to the Bank’s income before assessments for the first nine months of 2009. The decreases in net interest income were due in large part to lower short-term interest rates (the average effective federal funds rate declined from 1.94 percent and 2.40 percent for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, to 0.16 percent and 0.17 percent for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively). The Bank’s net interest income during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was also adversely impacted by the much wider prevailing spread between one- and three-month LIBOR during the first half of the year. As further discussed below, the Bank utilizes interest rate basis swaps to mitigate the impact of these wider spreads, the income effects of which are reported in net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities. Net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2009 was also impacted (albeit to a far lesser extent) by changes in the average balances of earning assets from $76.5 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2008 to $69.4 billion for the corresponding period in 2009.
For the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Bank’s net interest margin was 19 basis points and 33 basis points, respectively. The Bank’s net interest margin was 4 basis points and 31 basis points for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Net interest margin, or net interest income as a percent of average earning assets, is a function of net interest spread and the rates of return on assets funded by the investment of the Bank’s capital. Net interest spread is the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Due to lower short-term interest rates in 2009, the contribution of earnings from the Bank’s invested capital to the net interest margin (the impact of non-interest bearing funds) decreased from 14 basis points and 15 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, to 3 basis points and 6 basis points for the comparable periods in 2009. In addition, the Bank’s net interest spread decreased from 19 basis points and 16 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, to 16 basis points and (2) basis points during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.
As noted above, the Bank’s net interest income excludes net interest payments on economic hedge derivatives. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank used approximately $11.8 billion (average notional balance) of interest rate basis swaps to hedge the risk of changes in spreads between one-month and three-month LIBOR and approximately $6.2 billion (average notional balance) of fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps to hedge some of its longer-term discount notes. During the comparable period in 2008, the Bank was a party to approximately $4.6 billion (average notional balance) of interest rate basis swaps and it used approximately $5.9 billion (average notional balance) of fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps to hedge some of its longer-term discount notes. These swaps are accounted for as economic hedges. Net interest income associated with economic hedge derivatives is recorded in other income in the statements of income and therefore excluded from net interest income, net interest margin and net interest spread. Net interest income on the Bank’s economic hedge derivatives totaled $19.7 million and $93.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, compared to $7.4 million and $7.7 million for the corresponding periods in 2008. Had this interest income on economic hedge derivatives been included in net interest income, the Bank’s net interest margin would have been 31 basis points and 22 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, compared to 37 basis points and 32 basis points for the comparable periods in 2008 and its net interest spread would have been 28 basis points and 17 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, compared to 23 basis points and 17 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively.
The Bank’s net interest spread for the first quarter of 2009 (and therefore its net interest spread for the nine months ended September 30, 2009) was adversely impacted by actions the Bank took in late 2008 to ensure its ability to provide liquidity to its members during a period of unusual market disruption. At the height of the credit market disruptions in the early part of the fourth quarter of 2008, and in order to ensure that the Bank would have sufficient liquidity on hand to fund member advances throughout the year-end period, the Bank replaced short-term liabilities with new issues of debt with maturities that extended into 2009. As yields subsequently declined sharply on the Bank’s short-term assets, including overnight federal funds sold and short-term advances to members, this debt was carried at a negative spread. The negative impact of this debt on the Bank’s net interest income, net interest margin
69
Table of Contents
and net interest spread was minimal in the second and third quarters of 2009, as much of the relatively high cost debt issued in late 2008 matured in the first quarter of 2009.
The following table presents average balance sheet amounts together with the total dollar amounts of interest income and expense and the weighted average interest rates of major earning asset categories and the funding sources for those earning assets for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.
YIELD AND SPREAD ANALYSIS
(Dollars in millions)
(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest | Interest | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Income/ | Average | Average | Income/ | Average | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance | Expense(d) | Rate(a)(d) | Balance | Expense(d) | Rate(a)(d) | |||||||||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits(b) | $ | 162 | $ | — | 0.40 | % | $ | 85 | $ | — | 2.25 | % | ||||||||||||
Federal funds sold(c) | 3,850 | 1 | 0.13 | % | 3,605 | 18 | 1.95 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Investments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading | 4 | — | — | 4 | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale (e) | — | — | 0.98 | % | 389 | 3 | 2.84 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity(e) | 12,471 | 38 | 1.22 | % | 10,916 | 87 | 3.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Advances(f) | 52,648 | 127 | 0.96 | % | 61,142 | 435 | 2.84 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Mortgage loans held for portfolio | 280 | 4 | 5.50 | % | 346 | 5 | 5.59 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total earning assets | 69,415 | 170 | 0.98 | % | 76,487 | 548 | 2.86 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks | 129 | 105 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 342 | 408 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives netting adjustment(b) | (382 | ) | (306 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value adjustment on available-for-sale securities(e) | — | (9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment for non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairments on held-to-maturity securities(e) | (49 | ) | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 69,455 | 170 | 0.98 | % | $ | 76,685 | 548 | 2.86 | % | ||||||||||||||
Liabilities and Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits (b) | $ | 1,330 | — | 0.05 | % | $ | 2,869 | 13 | 1.84 | % | ||||||||||||||
Consolidated obligations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bonds | 52,820 | 105 | 0.79 | % | 52,832 | 367 | 2.78 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Discount notes | 12,115 | 32 | 1.05 | % | 16,913 | 105 | 2.48 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock and other borrowings | 66 | — | 0.16 | % | 55 | 1 | 1.86 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities | 66,331 | 137 | 0.82 | % | 72,669 | 486 | 2.67 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities | 530 | 1,030 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives netting adjustment(b) | (382 | ) | (306 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 66,479 | 137 | 0.82 | % | 73,393 | 486 | 2.65 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total capital | 2,976 | 3,292 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and capital | $ | 69,455 | 0.79 | % | $ | 76,685 | 2.53 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 33 | $ | 62 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin | 0.19 | % | 0.33 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest spread | 0.16 | % | 0.19 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Impact of non-interest bearing funds | 0.03 | % | 0.14 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
(a) | Percentages are annualized figures. Amounts used to calculate average rates are based on whole dollars. Accordingly, recalculations based upon the disclosed amounts (millions) may not produce the same results. | |
(b) | The Bank offsets the fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral against the fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement. The average balances of interest-bearing deposit assets for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 in the table above include $161 million and $85 million, respectively, which are classified in derivative assets/liabilities on the statements of condition. In addition, interest-bearing deposit liabilities for both the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 in the table above include $221 million which is classified in derivative assets/liabilities on the statements of condition. | |
(c) | Includes overnight federal funds sold to other FHLBanks. | |
(d) | Interest income/expense and average rates include the effects of interest rate exchange agreements to the extent such agreements qualify for fair value hedge accounting. If the agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting or were not designated in a hedging relationship for accounting purposes, the net interest income/expense associated with such agreements is recorded in other income (loss) in the statements of income and therefore excluded from the Yield and Spread Analysis. Net interest income on economic hedge derivatives totaled $19.7 million and $7.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The net interest income on economic hedge derivatives is presented below in the section entitled “Other Income (Loss).” | |
(e) | Average balances for available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are calculated based upon amortized cost. | |
(f) | Interest income and average rates include prepayment fees on advances. |
70
Table of Contents
The following table presents average balance sheet amounts together with the total dollar amounts of interest income and expense and the weighted average interest rates of major earning asset categories and the funding sources for those earning assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.
YIELD AND SPREAD ANALYSIS
(Dollars in millions)
(Dollars in millions)
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest | Interest | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Income/ | Average | Average | Income/ | Average | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance | Expense(d) | Rate(a)(d) | Balance | Expense(d) | Rate(a)(d) | |||||||||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits(b) | $ | 396 | $ | — | 0.21 | % | $ | 123 | $ | 3 | 2.78 | % | ||||||||||||
Federal funds sold(c) | 3,673 | 4 | 0.15 | % | 4,701 | 90 | 2.54 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Investments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading | 3 | — | — | 3 | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale (e) | 37 | — | 1.70 | % | 375 | 8 | 2.96 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity(e) | 11,888 | 117 | 1.31 | % | 9,682 | 259 | 3.57 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Advances(f) | 55,393 | 573 | 1.38 | % | 56,179 | 1,339 | 3.18 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Mortgage loans held for portfolio | 300 | 12 | 5.51 | % | 360 | 15 | 5.59 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total earning assets | 71,690 | 706 | 1.31 | % | 71,423 | 1,714 | 3.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks | 57 | 102 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 425 | 385 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives netting adjustment(b) | (480 | ) | (295 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value adjustment on available-for-sale securities(e) | — | (5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment for non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairments on held-to-maturity securities(e) | (25 | ) | — | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 71,667 | 706 | 1.31 | % | $ | 71,610 | 1,714 | 3.20 | % | ||||||||||||||
Liabilities and Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits (b) | $ | 1,490 | 1 | 0.11 | % | $ | 3,176 | 55 | 2.32 | % | ||||||||||||||
Consolidated obligations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bonds | 50,151 | 481 | 1.28 | % | 46,010 | 1,098 | 3.18 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Discount notes | 16,517 | 199 | 1.61 | % | 18,805 | 398 | 2.82 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock and other borrowings | 74 | — | 0.15 | % | 70 | 1 | 2.41 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities | 68,232 | 681 | 1.33 | % | 68,061 | 1,552 | 3.04 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities | 830 | 819 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives netting adjustment(b) | (480 | ) | (295 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 68,582 | 681 | 1.32 | % | 68,585 | 1,552 | 3.02 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total capital | 3,085 | 3,025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and capital | $ | 71,667 | 1.27 | % | $ | 71,610 | 2.89 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 25 | $ | 162 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin | 0.04 | % | 0.31 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest spread | (0.02 | %) | 0.16 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Impact of non-interest bearing funds | 0.06 | % | 0.15 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
(a) | Percentages are annualized figures. Amounts used to calculate average rates are based on whole dollars. Accordingly, recalculations based upon the disclosed amounts (millions) may not produce the same results. | |
(b) | The Bank offsets the fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral against the fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement. The average balances of interest-bearing deposit assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 in the table above include $186 million and $121 million, respectively, which are classified in derivative assets/liabilities on the statements of condition. In addition, interest-bearing deposit liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 in the table above include $293 million and $174 million, respectively, which are classified in derivative assets/liabilities on the statements of condition. | |
(c) | Includes overnight federal funds sold to other FHLBanks. | |
(d) | Interest income/expense and average rates include the effects of interest rate exchange agreements to the extent such agreements qualify for fair value hedge accounting. If the agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting or were not designated in a hedging relationship for accounting purposes, the net interest income/expense associated with such agreements is recorded in other income (loss) in the statements of income and therefore excluded from the Yield and Spread Analysis. Net interest income on economic hedge derivatives totaled $93.0 million and $7.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The net interest income on economic hedge derivatives is presented below in the section entitled “Other Income (Loss).” | |
(e) | Average balances for available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are calculated based upon amortized cost. | |
(f) | Interest income and average rates include prepayment fees on advances. |
71
Table of Contents
Changes in both volume (i.e., average balances) and interest rates influence changes in net interest income and net interest margin. The following table summarizes changes in interest income and interest expense between the three-month and nine-month periods in 2009 and 2008 and excludes net interest income on economic hedge derivatives, as discussed above. Changes in interest income and interest expense that cannot be attributed to either volume or rate have been allocated to the volume and rate categories based upon the proportion of the absolute value of the volume and rate changes.
RATE AND VOLUME ANALYSIS
(In millions of dollars)
(In millions of dollars)
Three Months Ended | Nine Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||
September 30, 2009 vs. 2008 | September 30, 2009 vs. 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Volume | Rate | Total | Volume | Rate | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest income: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 1 | $ | (4 | ) | $ | (3 | ) | ||||||||||
Federal funds sold | 1 | (18 | ) | (17 | ) | (17 | ) | (69 | ) | (86 | ) | |||||||||||||
Investments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale | (2 | ) | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | (5 | ) | (3 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity | 11 | (60 | ) | (49 | ) | 49 | (191 | ) | (142 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Advances | (53 | ) | (255 | ) | (308 | ) | (18 | ) | (748 | ) | (766 | ) | ||||||||||||
Mortgage loans held for portfolio | (1 | ) | — | (1 | ) | (3 | ) | — | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total interest income | (44 | ) | (334 | ) | (378 | ) | 7 | (1,015 | ) | (1,008 | ) | |||||||||||||
Interest expense: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits | (5 | ) | (8 | ) | (13 | ) | (19 | ) | (35 | ) | (54 | ) | ||||||||||||
Consolidated obligations: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bonds | — | (262 | ) | (262 | ) | 91 | (708 | ) | (617 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Discount notes | (24 | ) | (49 | ) | (73 | ) | (44 | ) | (155 | ) | (199 | ) | ||||||||||||
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock and other borrowings | — | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | — | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total interest expense | (29 | ) | (320 | ) | (349 | ) | 28 | (899 | ) | (871 | ) | |||||||||||||
Changes in net interest income | $ | (15 | ) | $ | (14 | ) | $ | (29 | ) | $ | (21 | ) | $ | (116 | ) | $ | (137 | ) | ||||||
72
Table of Contents
Other Income (Loss)
The following table presents the various components of other income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.
OTHER INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands of dollars)
(In thousands of dollars)
Three Months Ended September 30, | Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||||
2009 | 2008 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||
Net gains (losses) on trading securities | $ | 286 | $ | (157 | ) | $ | 464 | $ | (290 | ) | ||||||
Net interest expense associated with economic hedge derivatives related to available-for-sale securities | — | (49 | ) | — | (112 | ) | ||||||||||
Net interest income associated with economic hedge derivatives related to consolidated obligation federal funds floater bonds | 6,159 | — | 5,525 | — | ||||||||||||
Net interest income associated with economic hedge derivatives related to other consolidated obligation bonds | — | 627 | — | 1,328 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income (expense) associated with economic hedge derivatives related to consolidated obligation discount notes | 5,943 | 1,400 | 22,946 | (87 | ) | |||||||||||
Net interest income associated with stand-alone economic hedge derivatives (basis swaps) | 7,585 | 5,565 | 64,872 | 7,128 | ||||||||||||
Net interest expense associated with stand-alone economic hedge derivatives (forward rate agreement) | — | — | (304 | ) | — | |||||||||||
Net interest expense associated with economic hedge derivatives related to advances | (20 | ) | (152 | ) | (36 | ) | (529 | ) | ||||||||
Total net interest income associated with economic hedge derivatives | 19,667 | 7,391 | 93,003 | 7,728 | ||||||||||||
Gains (losses) related to economic hedge derivatives | ||||||||||||||||
Gains (losses) related to stand-alone derivatives (basis swaps) | (5,345 | ) | (5,756 | ) | 4,022 | (2,569 | ) | |||||||||
Gains on federal funds floater swaps | 3,789 | — | 19,711 | — | ||||||||||||
Gains (losses) on interest rate caps related to held-to-maturity securities | (3,125 | ) | (774 | ) | 5,496 | 5,741 | ||||||||||
Losses on discount note swaps | (1,049 | ) | (10,300 | ) | (4,810 | ) | (13,056 | ) | ||||||||
Net gains on member/offsetting swaps | — | — | 32 | — | ||||||||||||
Losses related to other economic hedge derivatives (advance / AFS(1)/ CO(2)swaps) | (51 | ) | (431 | ) | (44 | ) | (152 | ) | ||||||||
Total fair value gains (losses) related to economic hedge derivatives | (5,781 | ) | (17,261 | ) | 24,407 | (10,036 | ) | |||||||||
Gains (losses) related to fair value hedge ineffectiveness | ||||||||||||||||
Net gains (losses) on advances and associated hedges | (858 | ) | 2,001 | (2,448 | ) | 2,180 | ||||||||||
Net gains on CO(2) bonds and associated hedges | 1,052 | 60,933 | 59,954 | 67,032 | ||||||||||||
Net gains (losses) on AFS(1) securities and associated hedges | — | 3,250 | (102 | ) | 4,140 | |||||||||||
Total fair value hedge ineffectiveness | 194 | 66,184 | 57,404 | 73,352 | ||||||||||||
Credit component of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities | (2,312 | ) | — | (2,983 | ) | — | ||||||||||
Gains on early extinguishment of debt | — | — | 176 | 7,566 | ||||||||||||
Realized gains on sales of AFS(1) securities | — | — | 843 | 2,794 | ||||||||||||
Impairment loss on AFS(1) security | — | (2,476 | ) | — | (2,476 | ) | ||||||||||
Service fees | 856 | 933 | 2,338 | 2,804 | ||||||||||||
Other, net | 1,476 | 576 | 4,717 | 3,493 | ||||||||||||
Total other | 20 | (967 | ) | 5,091 | 14,181 | |||||||||||
Total other income | $ | 14,386 | $ | 55,190 | $ | 180,369 | $ | 84,935 | ||||||||
(1) | Available-for-sale | |
(2) | Consolidated obligations |
73
Table of Contents
The Bank’s trading securities consist solely of mutual fund investments associated with the Bank’s non-qualified deferred compensation plans. The value of these investments increased during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 due largely to increasing stock prices.
The Bank hedges some of its longer-term consolidated obligation discount notes using fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps. Net interest income (expense) associated with these interest rate swaps totaled $5.9 million and $1.4 million during the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and $22.9 million and ($0.1 million) during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As stand-alone derivatives, the changes in the fair values of the Bank’s discount note swaps are recorded in earnings with no offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedged consolidated obligation discount notes and therefore can be a source of volatility in the Bank’s earnings. During the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the recorded fair value losses in the Bank’s discount note swaps were $1.0 million and $10.3 million, respectively. The recorded fair value losses in the Bank’s discount note swaps were $4.8 million and $13.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. At September 30, 2009, the carrying values of the Bank’s stand-alone discount note swaps totaled $4.4 million, excluding net accrued interest receivable.
From time to time, the Bank enters into interest rate basis swaps to reduce its exposure to changing spreads between one-month and three-month LIBOR. Under these agreements, the Bank generally receives three-month LIBOR and pays one-month LIBOR. As of September 30, 2009, the Bank was a party to 11 interest rate basis swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $9.7 billion. The Bank accounts for interest rate basis swaps as stand-alone derivatives and, as such, the changes in the fair values of these instruments can be a source of considerable volatility in the Bank’s earnings, particularly when one-month and/or three-month LIBOR, or spreads between these two indices, are volatile. The fair values of LIBOR basis swaps generally fluctuate based on the timing of the interest rate reset dates, the relationship between one-month LIBOR and three-month LIBOR at the time of measurement, the projected relationship between one-month LIBOR and three-month LIBOR for the remaining term of the interest rate basis swap and the relationship between the current coupon and the prevailing LIBOR rates at the valuation date. The recorded fair value changes in the Bank’s interest rate basis swaps were net gains (losses) of ($5.3 million) and ($5.8 million) for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and $4.0 million and ($2.6 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Net interest income associated with the Bank’s interest rate basis swaps totaled $7.6 million and $5.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and $64.9 million and $7.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. At September 30, 2009, the carrying values of the Bank’s stand-alone interest rate basis swaps totaled $15.1 million, excluding net accrued interest receivable.
During the fourth quarter of 2008 and the first half of 2009, the Bank issued some consolidated obligation bonds that are indexed to the daily federal funds rate. The Bank uses interest rate basis swaps (“federal funds floater swaps”) to convert its interest payments with respect to these bonds from the daily federal funds rate to three-month LIBOR. As of September 30, 2009, the Bank’s federal funds floater swaps had an aggregate notional amount of $8.0 billion. The Bank accounts for these interest rate swaps as economic hedge derivatives. The fair values of federal funds floater swaps generally fluctuate based on the timing of the interest rate reset dates, the relationship between the federal funds rate and three-month LIBOR at the time of measurement, the projected relationship between the federal funds rate and three-month LIBOR for the remaining term of the interest rate swap and the relationship between the current coupon and the prevailing rates at the valuation date. The recorded fair value changes in the federal funds floater swaps were net gains of $3.8 million and $19.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. Net interest income associated with these interest rate swaps totaled $6.2 million and $5.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. At September 30, 2009, the carrying values of the Bank’s federal funds floater swaps totaled $19.5 million, excluding net accrued interest receivable.
Because the Bank typically holds its discount note swaps, interest rate basis swaps and federal funds floater swaps to maturity, the cumulative life-to-date unrealized gains associated with these instruments are expected to be transitory, meaning that they will reverse in future periods in the form of unrealized losses, which will negatively impact the Bank’s earnings in those periods. The timing of this reversal will depend upon a number of factors including, but not limited to, the level and volatility of short-term interest rates.
74
Table of Contents
As discussed previously, to reduce the negative impact that rising rates could have on its portfolio of CMO LIBOR floaters with embedded caps, the Bank had (as of September 30, 2009) entered into ten interest rate cap agreements having a total notional amount of $2.5 billion. The premiums paid for these caps totaled $26.7 million. Five stand-alone interest rate caps, with an aggregate notional amount of $1.25 billion, were purchased during the three months ended September 30, 2009; the premiums paid for these caps totaled $17.8 million. During this same period, one interest rate cap with a notional amount of $500 million was terminated. Proceeds from the termination totaled $0.2 million. In addition, six interest rate cap agreements with a notional amount of $1.75 billion expired during the first half of 2009. At September 30, 2009, the carrying values of the Bank’s stand-alone interest rate cap agreements totaled $26.3 million. The fair values of interest rate cap agreements are dependent upon the level of interest rates, volatilities and remaining term to maturity. In general (assuming constant volatilities and no erosion in value attributable to the passage of time), interest rate caps will increase in value as market interest rates rise and will diminish in value as market interest rates decline. The value of interest rate caps will increase as volatilities increase and will decline as volatilities decrease. Absent changes in volatilities or interest rates, the value of interest rate caps will decline with the passage of time. As stand-alone derivatives, the changes in the fair values of the Bank’s interest rate cap agreements are recorded in earnings with no offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedged CMO LIBOR floaters with embedded caps and therefore can also be a source of volatility in the Bank’s earnings. The recorded fair value changes in the Bank’s stand-alone caps were gains (losses) of ($3.1 million) and $5.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, compared to gains (losses) of ($0.8 million) and $5.7 million for the corresponding periods in 2008.
During the first nine months of 2009 and 2008, market conditions were such from time to time that the Bank was able to extinguish certain consolidated obligation bonds and simultaneously terminate the associated interest rate exchange agreements at net amounts that were profitable for the Bank, while new consolidated obligations could be issued and then converted (through the use of interest rate exchange agreements) to a floating rate that approximated the cost of the extinguished debt including any associated interest rate swaps. As a result, during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Bank repurchased $8.7 million and $3.6 billion, respectively, of its consolidated obligations in the secondary market and terminated the related interest rate exchange agreements. The gains on these debt extinguishments totaled $176,000 and $3,020,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Bank did not repurchase any of its consolidated obligations during the three months ended September 30, 2009 or 2008. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Bank transferred consolidated obligations with an aggregate par value of $450 million to two of the other FHLBanks. Additional consolidated obligations with a par value of $15 million were transferred to another FHLBank during the three months ended June 30, 2008. In connection with these transfers (i.e., debt extinguishments), the assuming FHLBanks became the primary obligors for the transferred debt. The gains on these transactions with the other FHLBanks totaled $4,546,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. No consolidated obligations were transferred to other FHLBanks during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 or the three months ended September 30, 2008.
The Bank uses interest rate swaps to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of some of its advances and consolidated obligation bonds. Prior to their sale or maturity, substantially all of the Bank’s available-for-sale securities were also hedged with interest rate swaps. These hedging relationships are (or were) designated as fair value hedges. To the extent these relationships qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the fair values of both the derivative (the interest rate swap) and the hedged item (limited to changes attributable to the hedged risk) are recorded in earnings. For those relationships that qualified for hedge accounting, the differences between the change in fair value of the hedged items and the change in fair value of the associated interest rate swaps (representing hedge ineffectiveness) were net gains of $0.2 million and $66.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and net gains of $57.4 million and $73.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. To the extent these hedging relationships do not qualify for hedge accounting, or cease to qualify because they are determined to be ineffective, only the change in fair value of the derivative is recorded in earnings (in this case, there is no offsetting change in fair value of the hedged item). During the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the change in fair value of derivatives associated with specific advances, available-for-sale securities and consolidated obligation bonds that were not in hedging relationships (excluding consolidated obligation bonds indexed to the daily federal funds rate) was ($51,000) and ($431,000), respectively. The change in fair value of these derivatives totaled ($44,000) and ($152,000) for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
75
Table of Contents
As set forth in the table on page 73, the Bank’s fair value hedge ineffectiveness gains associated with its consolidated obligation bonds were significantly higher in the third quarter of 2008 as compared to the third quarter of 2009. A substantial portion of the Bank’s fixed rate consolidated obligation bonds are hedged with fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps in long-haul hedging relationships. The floating legs of most of these interest rate swaps reset every three months and are then fixed until the next reset date. These hedging relationships have been, and are expected to continue to be, highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair values attributable to the hedged risk. However, during periods in which short-term rates are volatile (as they were in the latter part of 2008), the Bank can experience increased earnings variability related to differences in the timing between changes in short-term rates and interest rate resets on the floating legs of its interest rate swaps. While changes in the values of the fixed rate leg of the interest rate swap and the fixed rate bond being hedged substantially offset each other, when three-month LIBOR rates increase dramatically between the reset date and the valuation date (as they did during the third quarter of 2008), discounting the lower coupon rate cash flows being paid on the floating rate leg at the prevailing higher rate until the swap’s next reset date can result in ineffectiveness-related gains that, while relatively small when expressed as prices, can be significant when evaluated in the context of the Bank’s net income. As of September 30, 2008, the Bank had $40.2 billion of its consolidated obligation bonds in long-haul fair value hedging relationships. Between September 15, 2008 and September 30, 2008, three-month LIBOR rates increased by 123 basis points, from 2.82 percent to 4.05 percent, which resulted in ineffectiveness-related gains of $60.9 million and $67.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008. Because the Bank typically holds its interest rate swaps to call or maturity, the impact of these ineffectiveness-related adjustments on earnings are generally transitory, as they were in this case. As a result of the unusual (and significant) decrease in three-month LIBOR rates during the fourth quarter of 2008, the Bank recognized ineffectiveness-related losses during that period of $122.4 million. With relatively stable three-month LIBOR rates during the first quarter of 2009, these net ineffectiveness-related losses of $61.5 million substantially reversed (in the form of ineffectiveness-related gains) during the three months ended March 31, 2009. Three-month LIBOR rates remained relatively stable during the second and third quarters of 2009, resulting in significantly lower ineffectiveness-related gains during those periods. As of December 31, 2008, the Bank had $37.8 billion of its consolidated obligation bonds in long-haul fair value hedging relationships. As a result of calls and maturities, the Bank’s consolidated obligation bonds in long-haul fair value hedging relationships had declined to $24.8 billion as of September 30, 2009.
Because the Bank has a much smaller balance of swapped assets than liabilities and a substantial portion of those assets qualify for and are designated in short-cut hedging relationships, the Bank did not experience similar offsetting variability from its asset hedging activities during the third and fourth quarters of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009. As of September 30, 2008, the Bank had approximately $11.0 billion of its assets in fair value hedge relationships, of which $9.7 billion qualified for the short-cut method of accounting, in which an assumption can be made that the change in fair value of the hedged item exactly offsets the change in value of the related derivative. As of September 30, 2009, the Bank had approximately $11.3 billion of its assets in fair value hedge relationships, of which $9.8 billion qualified for the short-cut method of accounting.
For a discussion of the sale of an available-for-sale security and the other-than-temporary impairment losses on seven of the Bank’s held-to-maturity securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, see the section above entitled “Financial Condition — Long-Term Investments.”
In April 2008, the Bank sold available-for-sale securities with an amortized cost of $254.8 million. Proceeds from the sales totaled $257.6 million, resulting in gross realized gains of $2.8 million.
On October 29, 2008, the Bank sold a U.S. agency debenture classified as available-for-sale. Proceeds from the sale totaled $56.5 million, resulting in a realized loss at the time of sale of $1.2 million. At September 30, 2008, the amortized cost of this asset exceeded its estimated fair value at that date by $2.5 million. Because the Bank did not have the intent as of September 30, 2008 to hold this available-for-sale security through to recovery of the unrealized loss, an other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in the third quarter of 2008 to write the security down to its estimated fair value of $57.5 million as of September 30, 2008.
In the table on page 73, the caption entitled “Other, net” (consistent with the term used in the statements of income) is comprised principally of letter of credit fees which, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, were partially offset by a $1.0 million charge to fully reserve amounts owed to the Bank by Lehman Brothers Special Financing, Inc. Letter of credit fees totaled $1.5 million for both the three months ended September 30,
76
Table of Contents
2009 and 2008. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, letter of credit fees totaled $4.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively. At September 30, 2009, outstanding letters of credit totaled $4.5 billion.
Other Expense
Total other expense, which includes the Bank’s compensation and benefits, other operating expenses and its proportionate share of the costs of operating the Finance Agency (previously the Finance Board) and the Office of Finance, totaled $23.9 million and $58.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, compared to $15.1 million and $46.8 million for the corresponding periods in 2008.
Compensation and benefits were $15.9 million and $34.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, compared to $8.1 million and $25.3 million for the corresponding periods in 2008. The increases of $7.8 million and $8.9 million, respectively, were due largely to a $7.5 million supplemental contribution made in the third quarter 2009 to the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions, a multiemployer defined benefit plan in which the Bank participates. The remaining portion of the increases was due to increases in the Bank’s average headcount and cost-of-living and merit adjustments, partially offset by reductions in expenses associated with the Bank’s short-term incentive compensation plan. The Bank’s average headcount increased from 186 and 181 employees during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, to 191 employees during both of the corresponding periods in 2009. At September 30, 2009, the Bank employed 191 people. The decrease in short-term incentive compensation expense is attributable to lower anticipated goal achievement.
Other operating expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 were $7.0 million and $20.7 million, respectively, compared to $6.1 million and $18.9 million, respectively, for the corresponding periods in 2008. The Bank’s financial support of the relief efforts relating to Hurricanes Gustav and Ike significantly impacted the Bank’s other operating expenses in the third quarter of 2008 and the first half of 2009. During the third quarter of 2008, the Bank made charitable donations of $0.5 million each to The Salvation Army and the American Red Cross. In addition, in late September 2008, the Bank announced that it would make $5 million in funds available for special disaster relief grants for homes and businesses affected by Hurricanes Gustav and Ike. Approximately $2.6 million and $2.4 million of these funds were disbursed during the first half of 2009 and the fourth quarter of 2008, respectively.
The change in other operating expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was also impacted by costs associated with the Bank’s potential merger with the FHLBank of Chicago. From mid-2007 to April 2008, the Bank and the FHLBank of Chicago were engaged in discussions to determine the possible benefits and feasibility of combining their business operations. On April 4, 2008, those discussions were terminated. As a result, during the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Bank expensed $3.1 million of direct costs associated with the potential combination. Further, during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank incurred $0.6 million of fees associated with two third-party models that are used in its periodic OTTI evaluations.
The remaining net increases of $1.9 million and $2.7 million for the three- and nine-month periods, respectively, were attributable to general increases in many of the Bank’s other operating expenses, none of which were individually significant.
The Bank, together with the other FHLBanks, is assessed for the cost of operating the Finance Agency (previously the Finance Board) and the Office of Finance. The Bank’s share of these expenses totaled $1.0 million and $3.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, compared to $0.9 million and $2.6 million for the corresponding periods in 2008.
AHP and REFCORP Assessments
As required by statute, each year the Bank contributes 10 percent of its earnings (after the REFCORP assessment discussed below and as adjusted for interest expense on mandatorily redeemable capital stock) to its AHP. The AHP provides grants that members can use to support affordable housing projects in their communities. Generally, the Bank’s AHP assessment is derived by adding interest expense on mandatorily redeemable capital stock to income before assessments and then subtracting the REFCORP assessment; the result of this calculation is then multiplied by 10 percent. For the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Bank’s AHP assessments totaled $2.0
77
Table of Contents
million and $8.4 million, respectively. The Bank’s AHP assessments totaled $12.1 million and $16.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Also as required by statute, the Bank contributes 20 percent of its reported earnings (after its AHP contribution) toward the payment of interest on REFCORP bonds that were issued to provide funding for the resolution of failed thrifts following the savings and loan crisis in the 1980s. To compute the REFCORP assessment, the Bank’s AHP assessment is subtracted from reported income before assessments and the result is multiplied by 20 percent. During the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Bank charged $4.4 million and $18.8 million, respectively, of REFCORP assessments to earnings. The Bank’s REFCORP assessments totaled $27.1 million and $36.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
A discussion of the Bank’s critical accounting policies and the extent to which management uses judgment and estimates in applying those policies is provided in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. There were no substantial changes to the Bank’s critical accounting policies, or the extent to which management uses judgment and estimates in applying those policies, during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, except as discussed below.
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Assessments
Effective January 1, 2009, the Bank adopted guidance that, among other things, revised the recognition and reporting requirements for other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. The OTTI accounting guidance was issued by the FASB on April 9, 2009 and was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009.
For debt securities, the “ability and intent to hold” provision was eliminated in the OTTI accounting guidance, and impairment is now considered to be other than temporary if an entity (i) intends to sell the security, (ii) more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovering its amortized cost basis, or (iii) does not expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis (even if the entity does not intend to sell the security). In addition, the “probability” standard relating to the collectibility of cash flows was eliminated in the OTTI accounting guidance, and impairment is now considered to be other than temporary if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security is less than the amortized cost basis of the security (any such shortfall is referred to as a “credit loss”).
The Bank evaluates outstanding available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position (i.e., impaired securities) for other-than-temporary impairment on at least a quarterly basis. In doing so, the Bank considers many factors including, but not limited to: the credit ratings assigned to the securities by the NRSROs; other indicators of the credit quality of the issuer; the strength of the provider of any guarantees; the duration and magnitude of the unrealized loss; and whether the Bank has the intent to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. In the case of its non-agency residential and commercial MBS, the Bank also considers prepayment speeds, the historical and projected performance of the underlying loans and the credit support provided by the subordinate securities. These evaluations are inherently subjective and consider a number of quantitative and qualitative factors.
In the case of its non-agency RMBS, the Bank employs third-party models to determine the cash flows that it is likely to collect from the securities. These models consider borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the securities, in conjunction with assumptions about future changes in home prices and interest rates, to predict the likelihood a loan will default and the impact on default frequency, loss severity and remaining credit enhancement. In general, because the ultimate receipt of contractual payments on these securities will depend upon the credit and prepayment performance of the underlying loans and the credit enhancements for the senior securities owned by the Bank, the Bank uses these models to assess whether the credit enhancement associated with each security is sufficient to protect against potential losses of principal and interest on the underlying mortgage loans. The development of the modeling assumptions requires significant judgment and the Bank believes its assumptions are reasonable. However, the use of different assumptions could impact the Bank’s conclusions as to whether an impairment is other than temporary as well as the amount of the credit portion of any impairment.
78
Table of Contents
In addition to evaluating its non-agency RMBS under a base case (or best estimate) scenario, a cash flow analysis was also performed for each of these securities under a more stressful housing price scenario to determine the impact that such a change would have on the credit losses recorded in earnings for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The results of that analysis are presented on page 60 of this report.
If the Bank intends to sell an impaired debt security, or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is other than temporary and is recognized currently in earnings in an amount equal to the entire difference between fair value and amortized cost.
In instances in which the Bank determines that a credit loss exists but the Bank does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (i) the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss and (ii) the amount of the total impairment related to all other factors (i.e., the non-credit portion). The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings and the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-temporary impairment is presented in the statement of income with an offset for the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment that is recognized in other comprehensive income. If a credit loss does not exist, any impairment is not considered to be other-than-temporary.
Regardless of whether an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in its entirety in earnings or if the credit portion is recognized in earnings and the non-credit portion is recognized in other comprehensive income, the estimation of fair values (discussed below) has a significant impact on the amount(s) of any impairment that is recorded.
The non-credit portion of any other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income for debt securities classified as held-to-maturity is accreted over the remaining life of the debt security (in a prospective manner based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows) as an increase in the carrying value of the security unless and until the security is sold, the security matures, or there is an additional other-than-temporary impairment that is recognized in earnings. In instances in which an additional other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings, the amount of the credit loss is reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings. Further, if an additional other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings and the held-to-maturity security’s then-current carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an additional non-credit impairment is concurrently recognized in other comprehensive income. Conversely, if an additional other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings and the held-to-maturity security’s then-current carrying value is less than its fair value, the carrying value of the security is not increased. In periods subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment loss, the other-than-temporarily impaired debt security is accounted for as if it had been purchased on the measurement date of the other-than-temporary impairment at an amount equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings. For debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairments are recognized in earnings, the difference between the new cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the security in a prospective manner based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows.
Estimation of Fair Values
Prior to September 30, 2009, the Bank obtained non-binding fair value estimates from various dealers for its mortgage-backed securities (for each MBS, one dealer estimate was received). These dealer estimates were reviewed for reasonableness using the Bank’s pricing model and/or by comparing the dealer estimates to pricing service quotations or dealer estimates for similar securities.
During the third quarter of 2009, in an effort to achieve consistency among all FHLBanks, the 12 FHLBanks collectively developed a common methodology for estimating the fair values of MBS. Based on its analysis, the Bank concluded that this common methodology (discussed below) would produce measurements that were equally representative of fair value and, accordingly, the Bank adopted the methodology effective September 30, 2009.
79
Table of Contents
The Bank’s new valuation technique incorporates prices from up to four designated third-party pricing vendors when available. A price is established for each MBS using a formula that is based upon the number of prices received (i.e., if four prices are received, the average of the middle two prices is used; if three prices are received, the middle price is used; if two prices are received, the average of the two prices is used; and if one price is received, it is used subject to some type of validation). The computed prices are tested for reasonableness using specified tolerance thresholds. Prices within the established thresholds are generally accepted unless strong evidence exists that using the formula-driven price would not be appropriate. Preliminary estimated fair values that are outside the tolerance thresholds, or that management believes may not be appropriate based on all available information, are subject to further analysis including comparison to the prices for similar securities and/or to non-binding dealer estimates. As of September 30, 2009, four vendor prices were received for substantially all of the Bank’s MBS holdings. This change in valuation technique did not have a significant impact on the estimated fair values of the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities as of September 30, 2009.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
In order to meet members’ credit needs and the Bank’s financial obligations, the Bank maintains a portfolio of money market instruments consisting of overnight federal funds and, from time-to-time, short-term commercial paper, all of which are issued by highly rated entities. Beyond those amounts that are required to meet members’ credit needs and its own obligations, the Bank typically holds additional balances of short-term investments that fluctuate as the Bank invests the proceeds of debt issued to replace maturing and called liabilities, as the balance of deposits changes, and as the returns provided by short-term investments vary relative to the costs of the Bank’s discount notes. Overnight federal funds typically comprise the large majority of the portfolio. At September 30, 2009, the Bank’s short-term liquidity portfolio was comprised of $3.3 billion of overnight federal funds sold to domestic counterparties and $1.2 billion of non-interest bearing excess cash balances maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas.
The Bank’s primary source of funds is the proceeds it receives from the issuance of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes in the capital markets. Historically, the FHLBanks have issued debt throughout the business day in the form of discount notes and bonds with a wide variety of maturities and structures. Generally, the Bank has access to this market as needed during the business day to acquire funds to meet its needs. However, beginning in the second half of 2008, market conditions reduced investor demand for long-term debt issued by the FHLBanks, which led to substantially increased costs and significantly reduced availability of this funding source. At the same time, demand increased for short-term, high-quality assets such as FHLBank discount notes and short-term bonds. As a result, the Bank relied more heavily on the issuance of discount notes and short-term bullet and floating-rate bonds in order to meet its funding needs during the first half of 2009. The FHLBanks’ access to debt with a wider range of maturities, and the pricing of those bonds, improved somewhat during the latter part of the second quarter and the third quarter of 2009. Accordingly, the Bank has gradually increased its issuance of callable and longer-dated bonds during recent months.
In addition to the liquidity provided from the proceeds of the issuance of consolidated obligations, the Bank also maintains access to wholesale funding sources such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (e.g., borrowings secured by its MBS investments). Furthermore, the Bank has access to borrowings (typically short-term) from the other FHLBanks.
As discussed more fully in the Bank’s 2008 10-K, the 12 FHLBanks and the Office of Finance entered into the Federal Home Loan Banks P&I Funding and Contingency Plan Agreement (the “Contingency Agreement”) on June 23, 2006. The Contingency Agreement and related procedures were entered into in order to facilitate the timely funding of principal and interest payments on FHLBank System consolidated obligations in the event that a FHLBank is not able to meet its funding obligations in a timely manner. The Contingency Agreement and related procedures provide for the issuance of overnight consolidated obligations directly to one or more FHLBanks that provide funds to avoid a shortfall in the timely payment of principal and interest on any consolidated obligations for which another FHLBank is the primary obligor. Specifically, in the event that one or more FHLBanks does not fund its principal and interest payments under a consolidated obligation by deadlines agreed upon by the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance (for purposes of the Contingency Agreement, a “Delinquent Bank”), the non-Delinquent Banks will be obligated to fund any shortfall in funding to the extent that any of the non-Delinquent Banks has a net positive settlement balance (i.e., the amount by which end-of-day proceeds received by such non-Delinquent Bank
80
Table of Contents
from the sale of consolidated obligations on one day exceeds payments by such non-Delinquent Bank on consolidated obligations on the same day) in its account with the Office of Finance on the day the shortfall occurs. A FHLBank that funds the shortfall of a Delinquent Bank is referred to in the Contingency Agreement as a “Contingency Bank.” The non-Delinquent Banks would fund the shortfall of the Delinquent Bank sequentially in accordance with an agreed-upon funding matrix as provided in the Contingency Agreement. Additionally, a non-Delinquent Bank could choose to voluntarily fund any shortfall not funded on a mandatory basis by another non-Delinquent Bank. To fund the shortfall of a Delinquent Bank, the Office of Finance will issue to the Contingency Bank on behalf of the Delinquent Bank a consolidated obligation with a maturity of one business day in the amount of the shortfall funded by the Contingency Bank (a “Plan CO”). Through the date of this report, no Plan COs have been issued pursuant to the terms of the Contingency Agreement.
In addition to the funding sources described above, on September 9, 2008, the Bank and each of the other 11 FHLBanks entered into separate but identical lending agreements with the Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s establishment of a Government Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility (“GSECF”). The HER Act provided the Treasury with the authority to establish the GSECF, which is designed to serve as a contingent source of liquidity for the housing government-sponsored enterprises, including the FHLBanks. Under these lending agreements, any extensions of credit by the Treasury to one or more of the FHLBanks would be the joint and several obligations of all 12 of the FHLBanks and would be consolidated obligations (issued through the Office of Finance) pursuant to part 966 of the rules of the Finance Agency (12 C.F.R. part 966), as successor to the Finance Board. Loans under the agreements, if any, would be secured by collateral acceptable to the Treasury, which consists of FHLBank advances to members that have been collateralized in accordance with regulatory standards and mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. The lending agreements terminate on December 31, 2009, but will remain in effect as to any loan outstanding on that date. For more information on the GSECF, see Item 1 — Business — Legislative and Regulatory Developments in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. To date, none of the FHLBanks have borrowed under the GSECF.
On occasion, and as an alternative to issuing new debt, the Bank may assume the outstanding consolidated obligations for which other FHLBanks are the original primary obligors. This occurs in cases where the original primary obligor may have participated in a large consolidated obligation issue to an extent that exceeded its immediate funding needs in order to facilitate better market execution for the issue. The original primary obligor might then warehouse the funds until they were needed, or make the funds available to other FHLBanks. Transfers may also occur when the original primary obligor’s funding needs change, and that FHLBank offers to transfer debt that is no longer needed to other FHLBanks. Transferred debt is typically fixed rate, fixed term, non-callable debt, and may be in the form of discount notes or bonds.
The Bank participates in such transfers of funding from other FHLBanks when the transfer represents favorable pricing relative to a new issue of consolidated obligations with similar features. The Bank did not assume any consolidated obligations from other FHLBanks during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Bank assumed consolidated obligation bonds from the FHLBank of Seattle with a par value of $135.9 million.
The Bank manages its liquidity to ensure that, at a minimum, it has sufficient funds to meet operational and contingent liquidity requirements. When measuring its liquidity for these purposes, the Bank includes only contractual cash flows and the amount of funds it estimates would be available in the event the Bank were to use securities held in its long-term investment portfolio as collateral for repurchase agreements. While it believes purchased federal funds might be available as a source of funds, it does not include this potential source of funds in its calculations of available liquidity.
The Bank’s operational liquidity requirement stipulates that it have sufficient funds to meet its obligations due on any given day plus an amount equal to the statistically estimated (at the 99-percent confidence level) cash and credit needs of its members and associates for one business day without accessing the capital markets for the sale of consolidated obligations. As of September 30, 2009, the Bank’s estimated operational liquidity requirement was $1.8 billion. At that date, the Bank estimated that its operational liquidity exceeded this requirement by approximately $12.3 billion.
81
Table of Contents
The Bank’s contingent liquidity requirement further requires that it maintain adequate balance sheet liquidity and access to other funding sources should it be unable to issue consolidated obligations for five business days. The combination of funds available from these sources must be sufficient for the Bank to meet its obligations as they come due and the cash and credit needs of its members, with the potential needs of members statistically estimated at the 99-percent confidence level. As of September 30, 2009, the Bank’s estimated contingent liquidity requirement was $5.7 billion. At that date, the Bank estimated that its contingent liquidity exceeded this requirement by approximately $8.7 billion.
In addition to the liquidity measures described above, the Bank is required, pursuant to guidance issued by the Finance Agency on March 6, 2009, to meet two daily liquidity standards, each of which assumes that the Bank is unable to access the market for consolidated obligations during a prescribed period. The first standard requires the Bank to maintain sufficient funds to meet its obligations for 15 days under a scenario in which it is assumed that members do not renew any maturing, prepaid or called advances. The second standard requires the Bank to maintain sufficient funds to meet its obligations for 5 days under a scenario in which it is assumed that members renew all maturing and called advances, with certain exceptions for very large, highly rated members. These requirements are more stringent than the 5-day contingent liquidity requirement discussed above. The Bank has been in compliance with both of these liquidity requirements since March 6, 2009.
The Bank’s access to the capital markets has never been interrupted to an extent that the Bank’s ability to meet its obligations was compromised and the Bank does not currently believe that its ability to issue consolidated obligations will be impeded to that extent in the future. If, however, the Bank were unable to issue consolidated obligations for an extended period of time, the Bank would eventually exhaust the availability of purchased federal funds (including borrowings from other FHLBanks) and repurchase agreements as sources of funds. It is also possible that an event (such as a natural disaster) that might impede the Bank’s ability to raise funds by issuing consolidated obligations would also limit the Bank’s ability to access the markets for federal funds purchased and/or repurchase agreements.
Under those circumstances, to the extent that the balance of principal and interest that came due on the Bank’s debt obligations and the funds needed to pay its operating expenses exceeded the cash inflows from its interest-earning assets and proceeds from maturing assets, and if access to the market for consolidated obligations was not again available, the Bank would seek to access funding under the Contingency Agreement to repay any principal and interest due on its consolidated obligations. However, if the Bank were unable to raise funds by issuing consolidated obligations, it is likely that the other FHLBanks would have similar difficulties issuing debt. If funds were not available under the Contingency Agreement, the Bank would be able to finance its operations, through December 31, 2009, only through borrowings under the GSECF. It is not clear if, or to what extent, borrowings under the GSECF would be available to fund growth in member advances. Currently, the Bank has no intention to access funding under the GSECF.
A summary of the Bank’s contractual cash obligations and off-balance-sheet lending-related financial commitments by due date or remaining maturity as of December 31, 2008 is provided in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. There have been no substantial changes in the Bank’s contractual obligations outside the normal course of business during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Risk-Based Capital Rules and Other Capital Requirements
The Bank is required to maintain at all times permanent capital (defined under the Finance Agency’s rules as retained earnings and amounts paid in for Class B stock, regardless of its classification as equity or liabilities for financial reporting purposes, as further described above in the section entitled “Financial Condition — Capital Stock”) in an amount at least equal to its risk-based capital requirement, which is the sum of its credit risk capital requirement, its market risk capital requirement, and its operations risk capital requirement, as further described in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. At September 30, 2009, the Bank’s total risk-based capital requirement was $482.6 million, comprised of credit risk, market risk and operations risk capital requirements of $163.0 million, $208.2 million and $111.4 million, respectively.
In addition to the risk-based capital requirement, the Bank is subject to two other capital requirements. First, the Bank must, at all times, maintain a minimum total capital-to-assets ratio of 4.0 percent. For this purpose, total
82
Table of Contents
capital is defined by Finance Agency rules and regulations as the Bank’s permanent capital and the amount of any general allowance for losses (i.e., those reserves that are not held against specific assets). Second, the Bank is required to maintain at all times a minimum leverage capital-to-assets ratio in an amount at least equal to 5.0 percent of its total assets. In applying this requirement to the Bank, leverage capital includes the Bank’s permanent capital multiplied by a factor of 1.5 plus the amount of any general allowance for losses. The Bank did not have any general reserves at September 30, 2009 or December 31, 2008. Under the regulatory definitions, total capital and permanent capital exclude accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). At all times during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank was in compliance with all of its regulatory capital requirements. The following table summarizes the Bank’s compliance with the Finance Agency’s capital requirements as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
(In millions of dollars, except percentages)
(In millions of dollars, except percentages)
September 30, 2009 | December 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||
Required | Actual | Required | Actual | |||||||||||||
Risk-based capital | $ | 483 | $ | 2,935 | $ | 930 | $ | 3,530 | ||||||||
Total capital | $ | 2,690 | $ | 2,935 | $ | 3,157 | $ | 3,530 | ||||||||
Total capital-to-assets ratio | 4.00 | % | 4.36 | % | 4.00 | % | 4.47 | % | ||||||||
Leverage capital | $ | 3,363 | $ | 4,403 | $ | 3,947 | $ | 5,295 | ||||||||
Leverage capital-to-assets ratio | 5.00 | % | 6.55 | % | 5.00 | % | 6.71 | % |
The Bank’s Risk Management Policy contains a minimum total regulatory capital-to-assets target ratio of 4.10 percent, higher than the 4.00 percent ratio required under the Finance Agency’s capital rules. At all times during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Bank was in compliance with its operating target capital ratio.
Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
For a discussion of recently issued accounting guidance, see “Item 1. Financial Statements” (specifically, Note 2 beginning on page 5 of this report).
ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The following quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk should be read in conjunction with the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk that are included in the Bank’s 2008 10-K. The information provided herein is intended to update the disclosures made in the Bank’s 2008 10-K.
As a financial intermediary, the Bank is subject to interest rate risk. Changes in the level of interest rates, the slope of the interest rate yield curve, and/or the relationships (or spreads) between interest yields for different instruments have an impact on the Bank’s estimated market value of equity and its net earnings. This risk arises from a variety of instruments that the Bank enters into on a regular basis in the normal course of its business. In addition, discounts in the market prices of securities held by the Bank that are related primarily to credit concerns and a lack of market liquidity rather than interest rates have recently had an impact on the Bank’s estimated market value of equity and related risk metrics.
The terms of member advances, investment securities, and consolidated obligations may present interest rate risk and/or embedded option risk. As discussed in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Bank makes extensive use of derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swaps and caps, to manage the risk arising from these sources.
83
Table of Contents
The Bank has investments in residential mortgage-related assets such as CMOs and MPF mortgage loans, both of which present prepayment risk. This risk arises from the mortgagors’ option to prepay their mortgages, making the effective maturities of these mortgage-based assets relatively more sensitive to changes in interest rates and other factors that affect the mortgagors’ decisions to repay their mortgages as compared to other long-term investment securities that do not have prepayment features. Historically, a decline in interest rates has generally resulted in accelerated mortgage refinancing activity, thus increasing prepayments and thereby shortening the effective maturity of the mortgage-related assets. Conversely, rising rates generally slow prepayment activity and lengthen a mortgage-related asset’s effective maturity. Current economic and credit market conditions appear to have had an impact on mortgage prepayment activity, as borrowers whose mortgage rates are above current market rates and who might otherwise refinance or repay their mortgages more rapidly may not be able to obtain new mortgage loans at current lower rates due to reductions in their incomes, declines in the values of their homes, tighter lending standards, a general lack of credit availability, and/or delays in obtaining approval of new loans.
The Bank has managed the potential prepayment risk embedded in mortgage assets by purchasing almost exclusively floating rate securities, by purchasing highly structured tranches of mortgage securities that substantially limit the effects of prepayment risk, and/or by using interest rate derivative instruments to offset prepayment risk specific both to particular securities and to the overall mortgage portfolio. Since the Bank generally purchases mortgage-backed securities with the intent and expectation of holding them to maturity, the Bank’s risk management activities related to these securities are focused on those interest rate factors that pose a risk to the Bank’s future earnings. As current liquidity discounts in the prices for these securities indicate, these interest rate factors may not be the same factors that are driving the market prices of the securities.
The Bank’s Risk Management Policy provides a risk management framework for the financial management of the Bank consistent with the strategic principles outlined in its Strategic Business Plan. The Bank develops its funding and hedging strategies to manage its interest rate risk within the risk limits established in its Risk Management Policy.
The Risk Management Policy articulates the Bank’s tolerance for the amount of overall interest rate risk the Bank will assume by limiting the maximum estimated loss in market value of equity that the Bank would incur under simulated 200 basis point changes in interest rates to 15 percent of the estimated base case market value. As discussed in more detail below, this risk metric exceeded the Bank’s policy limit at five month-ends during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 due in part to factors other than interest rate risk.
As part of its ongoing risk management process, the Bank calculates an estimated market value of equity for a base case interest rate scenario and for interest rate scenarios that reflect parallel interest rate shocks. These calculations are made primarily for the purpose of analyzing and managing the Bank’s interest rate risk and, accordingly, have been designed for that purpose rather than for purposes of fair value disclosure under generally accepted accounting principles. The base case market value of equity is calculated by determining the estimated fair value of each instrument on the Bank’s balance sheet, and subtracting the estimated aggregate fair value of the Bank’s liabilities from the estimated aggregate fair value of the Bank’s assets. For purposes of these calculations, mandatorily redeemable capital stock is treated as equity rather than as a liability. The fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments (both assets and liabilities) are determined using vendor prices, dealer estimates or a pricing model. These calculations include values for MBS based on estimated current market prices, which reflect significant discounts, the majority of which the Bank believes are related to credit concerns and a lack of market liquidity rather than the level and relationships between interest rates. For those instruments for which a pricing model is used, the calculations are based upon parameters derived from market conditions existing at the time of measurement, and are generally determined by discounting estimated future cash flows at the replacement (or similar) rate for new instruments of the same type with the same or very similar characteristics. The market value of equity calculations include non-financial assets and liabilities, such as premises and equipment, excess REFCORP contributions, other assets, payables for AHP and REFCORP, and other liabilities at their recorded carrying amounts.
For purposes of compliance with the Bank’s Risk Management Policy limit on estimated losses in market value, market value of equity losses are defined as the estimated net sensitivity of the value of the Bank’s equity (the net value of its portfolio of assets, liabilities and interest rate derivatives) to 200 basis point parallel shifts in interest rates. The following table provides the Bank’s estimated base case market value of equity and its estimated market value of equity under up and down 200 basis point interest rate shock scenarios (and, for comparative purposes, its
84
Table of Contents
estimated market value of equity under up and down 100 basis point interest rate shock scenarios) for each month during the period from December 2008 through September 2009. In addition, the table provides the percentage change in estimated market value of equity under each of these shock scenarios for the indicated periods.
MARKET VALUE OF EQUITY
(dollars in billions)
(dollars in billions)
Up 200 Basis Points(1) | Down 200 Basis Points | Up 100 Basis Points(1) | Down 100 Basis Points | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Base Case | Estimated | Percentage | Estimated | Percentage | Estimated | Percentage | Estimated | Percentage | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Market | Market | Change | Market | Change | Market | Change | Market | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Value | Value | from | Value | from | Value | from | Value | from | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
of Equity | of Equity | Base Case(2) | of Equity | Base Case | of Equity | Base Case(2) | of Equity | Base Case | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 2008 | 2.635 | 2.093 | -20.57 | % | * | * | 2.391 | -9.26 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
January 2009 | 2.525 | 2.089 | -17.27 | % | * | * | 2.312 | -8.44 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
February 2009 | 2.552 | 2.154 | -15.60 | % | * | * | 2.352 | -7.84 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
March 2009 | 2.685 | 2.304 | -14.19 | % | * | * | 2.513 | -6.41 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
April 2009 | 2.606 | 2.264 | -13.12 | % | * | * | 2.449 | -6.02 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
May 2009 | 2.558 | 2.165 | -15.36 | % | * | * | 2.367 | -7.47 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
June 2009 | 2.713 | 2.246 | -17.21 | % | * | * | 2.492 | -8.15 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
July 2009 | 2.545 | 2.119 | -16.74 | % | * | * | 2.350 | -7.66 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
August 2009 | 2.793 | 2.412 | -13.64 | % | * | * | 2.623 | -6.09 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
September 2009 | 2.842 | 2.452 | -13.72 | % | * | * | 2.667 | -6.16 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
* | Due to the low interest rate environments that existed during these time periods, the down 100 and 200 basis point parallel shifts in interest rates were not considered meaningful. | |
(1) | In the up 100 and 200 scenarios, the estimated market value of equity is calculated under assumed instantaneous + 100 and + 200 basis point parallel shifts in interest rates. | |
(2) | Amounts used to calculate percentage changes are based on numbers in the thousands. Accordingly, recalculations based upon the disclosed amounts (billions) may not produce the same results. |
As reflected in the preceding table, the percentage decrease in the estimated market value of equity exceeded the Bank’s policy limit of 15 percent on December 31, 2008, January 31, 2009, February 28, 2009, May 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and July 31, 2009, and remained relatively high compared to historical levels, but within the policy limit, as of March 31, 2009, April 30, 2009, August 31, 2009 and September 30, 2009. The Bank’s estimated market value of equity was somewhat less sensitive to large changes in interest rates at September 30, 2009 than at December 31, 2008. This reduced sensitivity is primarily attributable to modest improvements in financial market conditions.
The ongoing elevated level of sensitivity of the Bank’s estimated market value of equity to changes in interest rates, which is also reflected by a relatively high estimated duration of equity as shown in the table below, is primarily attributable to low estimated values for the Bank’s MBS, and the related sensitivity of the estimated value of the Bank’s MBS portfolio to changes in interest rates. Although the Bank’s MBS portfolio is comprised predominantly of securities with coupons that float at a fixed spread to one-month LIBOR, the estimated market value of these securities remains sensitive to changes in interest rates due to the combination of low estimated base case market values, historically wide market spreads for similar securities versus their repricing index, the low absolute level of short-term interest rates, increases in the sensitivity of estimated prepayments, and the corresponding sensitivity in market value related to the timing of the recapture of discounts in the value of embedded coupon caps to changes in interest rates.
The Bank’s analysis indicates that the elevated level of its market value sensitivity measures is due in large part to ongoing dislocations in the credit markets as opposed to an increase in its interest rate risk. Because the Bank has the intent and ability to hold the securities in its MBS portfolio to maturity, and because the elevated level of sensitivity is generally attributable to non-interest rate risk related factors, the Bank’s management and Board of Directors have determined that the recent exceptions to its policy guidelines are temporary and do not represent a significant change in the Bank’s interest rate risk profile.
85
Table of Contents
A related measure of interest rate risk is duration of equity. Duration is the weighted average maturity (typically measured in months or years) of an instrument’s cash flows, weighted by the present value of those cash flows. As such, duration provides an estimate of an instrument’s sensitivity to small changes in market interest rates. The duration of assets is generally expressed as a positive figure, while the duration of liabilities is generally expressed as a negative number. The change in value of a specific instrument for given changes in interest rates will generally vary in inverse proportion to the instrument’s duration. As market interest rates decline, instruments with a positive duration are expected to increase in value, while instruments with a negative duration are expected to decrease in value. Conversely, as interest rates rise, instruments with a positive duration are expected to decline in value, while instruments with a negative duration are expected to increase in value.
The values of instruments having relatively longer (or higher) durations are more sensitive to a given interest rate movement than instruments having shorter durations; that is, risk increases as the absolute value of duration lengthens. For instance, the value of an instrument with a duration of three years will theoretically change by three percent for every one percentage point change in interest rates, while the value of an instrument with a duration of five years will theoretically change by five percent for every one percentage point change in interest rates.
The duration of individual instruments may be easily combined to determine the duration of a portfolio of assets or liabilities by calculating a weighted average duration of the instruments in the portfolio. Such combinations provide a single straightforward metric that describes the portfolio’s sensitivity to interest rate movements. These additive properties can be applied to the assets and liabilities on the Bank’s balance sheet. The difference between the combined durations of the Bank’s assets and the combined durations of its liabilities is sometimes referred to as duration gap and provides a measure of the relative interest rate sensitivities of the Bank’s assets and liabilities.
Duration gap is a useful measure of interest rate sensitivity but does not account for the effect of leverage, or the effect of the absolute duration of the Bank’s assets and liabilities, on the sensitivity of its estimated market value of equity to changes in interest rates. The inclusion of these factors results in a measure of the sensitivity of the value of the Bank’s equity to changes in market interest rates referred to as the duration of equity. Duration of equity is the market value weighted duration of assets minus the market value weighted duration of liabilities divided by the market value of equity.
The significance of an entity’s duration of equity is that it can be used to describe the sensitivity of the entity’s market value of equity to movements in interest rates. A duration of equity equal to zero would mean, within a narrow range of interest rate movements, that the Bank had neutralized the impact of changes in interest rates on the market value of its equity.
A positive duration of equity would mean, within a narrow range of interest rate movements, that for each one year of duration the estimated market value of the Bank’s equity would be expected to decline by about 0.01 percent for every positive 0.01 percent change in the level of interest rates. A positive duration generally indicates that the value of the Bank’s assets is more sensitive to changes in interest rates than the value of its liabilities (i.e., that the duration of its assets is greater than the duration of its liabilities).
Conversely, a negative duration of equity would mean, within a narrow range of interest rate movements, that for each one year of negative duration the estimated market value of the Bank’s equity would be expected to increase by about 0.01 percent for every positive 0.01 percent change in the level of interest rates. A negative duration generally indicates that the value of the Bank’s liabilities is more sensitive to changes in interest rates than the value of its assets (i.e., that the duration of its liabilities is greater than the duration of its assets).
The following table provides information regarding the Bank’s base case duration of equity as well as its duration of equity in up and down 100 and 200 basis point interest rate shock scenarios for each month during the period from December 2008 through September 2009.
86
Table of Contents
DURATION ANALYSIS
(Expressed in Years)
(Expressed in Years)
Base Case Interest Rates | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset | Liability | Duration | Duration | Duration of Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Duration | Duration | Gap | of Equity | Up 100(1) | Up 200(1) | Down 100 | Down 200 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 2008 | 0.56 | (0.37 | ) | 0.19 | 6.36 | 13.42 | 14.38 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
January 2009 | 0.58 | (0.36 | ) | 0.22 | 7.04 | 10.31 | 10.52 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
February 2009 | 0.55 | (0.33 | ) | 0.22 | 6.78 | 8.89 | 9.06 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
March 2009 | 0.52 | (0.35 | ) | 0.17 | 4.64 | 8.42 | 9.00 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
April 2009 | 0.53 | (0.34 | ) | 0.19 | 5.24 | 8.31 | 9.08 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
May 2009 | 0.53 | (0.30 | ) | 0.23 | 6.57 | 8.87 | 9.69 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
June 2009 | 0.58 | (0.30 | ) | 0.28 | 7.53 | 9.76 | 11.88 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
July 2009 | 0.58 | (0.33 | ) | 0.25 | 7.04 | 10.21 | 12.39 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
August 2009 | 0.52 | (0.33 | ) | 0.19 | 5.04 | 7.74 | 9.67 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
September 2009 | 0.53 | (0.33 | ) | 0.20 | 5.15 | 7.91 | 9.54 | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
* | Due to the low interest rate environments that existed during these time periods, the down 100 and 200 basis point parallel shifts in interest rates were not considered meaningful. | |
(1) | In the up 100 and 200 scenarios, the duration of equity is calculated under assumed instantaneous + 100 and + 200 basis point parallel shifts in interest rates. |
As shown above, the Bank’s duration of equity decreased from 6.36 years at December 31, 2008 to 5.15 years at September 30, 2009, indicating that the Bank’s market value of equity is less sensitive to changes in interest rates at September 30, 2009. This contraction is due primarily to modest improvements in financial market conditions.
Duration of equity measures the impact of a parallel shift in interest rates on an entity’s market value of equity but may not be a good metric for measuring changes in value related to non-parallel rate shifts. An alternative measure for that purpose uses key rate durations, which measure portfolio sensitivity to changes in interest rates at particular points on a yield curve. Key rate duration is a specialized form of duration. It is calculated by estimating the change in value due to changing the market rate for one specific maturity point on the yield curve while holding all other variables constant. The sum of the key rate durations across an applicable yield curve is approximately equal to the overall portfolio duration.
The duration of equity measure represents the expected percentage change in the Bank’s market value of equity for a one percentage point (100 basis point) parallel change in interest rates. The key rate duration measure represents the expected percentage change in the Bank’s market value of equity for a one percentage point (100 basis point) parallel change in interest rates for a given maturity point on the yield curve, holding all other rates constant. The Bank has established a key rate duration limit of 7.5 years, measured as the difference between the maximum and minimum key rate durations calculated for seven defined individual maturity points on the yield curve. In addition, for the 10-year maturity point key rate duration, the Bank has established a separate limit of 15 years. The Bank calculates these metrics monthly and was in compliance with these policy limits at each month end during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Bank’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Bank’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Bank’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in: (1) recording, processing, summarizing and reporting information required to be disclosed by the Bank in the reports that it files or furnishes under the Exchange Act
87
Table of Contents
within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (2) ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Bank in the reports that it files or furnishes under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Bank’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting.
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS |
The following is intended to provide updated information with regard to specific risk factors included in our 2008 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2009. The balance of the risk factors contained in our 2008 10-K also remain applicable to our business.
Exposure to credit risk on our investments and MPF loans could have a negative impact on our profitability and financial condition.
Disclosure Provided in Our 2008 10-K
We are exposed to credit risk from our secured and unsecured investment portfolio and our MPF loans held in portfolio. A worsening of the current economic downturn, further declines in real estate values (both residential and non-residential), changes in monetary policy or other events that could negatively impact the economy and the markets as a whole could lead to increased borrower defaults, which in turn could cause us to incur losses on our investments and/or MPF loans held in portfolio.
In particular, in recent months, delinquencies and losses with respect to residential mortgage loans have generally increased and residential property values have declined in many states. If delinquencies, default rates and loss severities on residential mortgage loans continue to increase, and/or there is a continued decline in residential real estate values, we could experience losses on our investments in non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and/or MPF loans held in portfolio.
In 2008, market prices for our non-agency RMBS holdings declined dramatically due in part to increasing delinquencies and higher loss severities on mortgage loans such as those underlying our securities and in part to market illiquidity. We do not consider any of our investments in non-agency RMBS to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008. However, if the performance of the loans underlying our non-agency RMBS continues to deteriorate, we may determine in the future that certain of the securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, and we would recognize an impairment loss equal to the difference between any affected security’s then-current carrying amount and its estimated fair value, which would negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. If we experienced losses that resulted in our not meeting required capitalization levels, we would be prohibited from paying dividends and redeeming or repurchasing capital stock without the prior approval of the Finance Agency, which could have a material adverse impact on a member’s investment in our capital stock.
On March 5, 2009, the United States House of Representatives approved legislation that would allow judges in certain situations to modify the terms of mortgage loans on primary residences during bankruptcy proceedings. Under such judicial modifications of home mortgages, bankruptcy judges would have the authority to reduce mortgage loan balances for the primary residences of consumers who file for bankruptcy. Judges could also lengthen loan terms and reduce interest rates. Currently, bankruptcy judges can reduce or eliminate other types of debt for consumers, but they do not have the authority to modify mortgage debt on a primary residence. The United States Senate is expected to consider similar legislation in the near future.
88
Table of Contents
Our non-agency RMBS holdings are all self-insured by a senior/subordinate structure in which the subordinate classes of securities provide credit support for the most senior class of securities, an interest in which is owned by us. Notwithstanding this senior/subordinate structure, 16 of our 42 non-agency RMBS, all of which are backed by fixed rate collateral, contain provisions that provide for the allocation of losses resulting from bankruptcies equally among all security holders (both senior and subordinate) after a certain threshold is reached for the underlying loan pool (typically, losses in excess of $100,000). As a result, if this legislation is enacted, we would not necessarily have the same level of credit protection against losses arising from homeowner bankruptcies as we do for all other losses in the loan pools underlying our securities. As of December 31, 2008, the unpaid principal balance of the 16 securities totaled $243.6 million. We are unable at this time to predict whether this legislation will be enacted and, if so, what impact it may have on the ultimate recoverability of our investments.
Update to Disclosure in Our 2008 10-K
Due to the adverse change in actual and expected future home prices during the first nine months of 2009, our other-than-temporary impairment analysis as of September 30, 2009 indicated that it is likely that we will not fully recover the amortized cost bases of seven of our non-agency RMBS holdings and, accordingly, these securities were deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired at that date.
On April 9, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance regarding the recognition and reporting requirements for other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities. This guidance, which we early adopted effective January 1, 2009, is applicable to our investments in non-agency RMBS. Under this new guidance, a credit loss exists and an impairment is considered to be other than temporary if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from a debt security is less than the amortized cost basis of that security. In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss exists but an entity does not intend to sell an impaired debt security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary impairment (i.e., the difference between the security’s then-current carrying amount and its estimated fair value) is separated into (i) the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss and (ii) the amount of the total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings and the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Because we do not intend to sell these seven investments and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investments before recovery of our remaining amortized cost bases (that is, our previous amortized cost basis less the current period credit loss for each security), the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairments related to the credit losses was recognized in earnings and the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairments related to all other factors (i.e., the non-credit component) was recognized in other comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The credit and non-credit components of the total other-than-temporary impairments recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 totaled $2,983,000 and $76,959,000, respectively.
If the actual and/or projected performance of the loans underlying our non-agency RMBS deteriorates beyond our current expectations, we could experience further losses on these seven securities as well as losses on our other RMBS investments, which would negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.
On March 5, 2009, the United States House of Representatives approved legislation that would allow judges in certain situations to modify the terms of mortgage loans on primary residences during bankruptcy proceedings and would allow servicers of residential mortgages in certain situations to modify the terms of those mortgages without threat of monetary damages or other equitable relief from investors or other parties to whom the servicer owes certain duties. Similar legislation was introduced in the United States Senate (the “Senate”) on April 24, 2009. The Senate did not approve the portion of the legislation allowing bankruptcy judges to modify the terms of mortgage loans. The Senate did, however, on May 6, 2009, approve the portion of the legislation regarding modifications of the terms of residential mortgages by servicers. If a servicer of residential mortgages agrees to enter into a residential loan modification, workout, or other loss mitigation plan with respect to a residential mortgage originated before the date of enactment of the legislation, including mortgages held in a securitization or other investment vehicle, to the extent that the servicer owes a duty to investors or other parties to maximize the net present value of
89
Table of Contents
such mortgages, the servicer is deemed to have satisfied that duty, and will not be liable to those investors or other parties, if certain criteria are met. Those criteria are (1) default on the mortgage has occurred, is imminent, or is reasonably foreseeable, (2) the mortgagor occupies the property securing the mortgage as his or her principal residence and (3) the servicer reasonably determined that the application of the loss mitigation plan to the mortgage will likely provide an anticipated recovery on the outstanding principal mortgage debt that will exceed the anticipated recovery through foreclosure. This legislation was enacted on May 20, 2009. We are unable at this time to predict what impact this legislation may have on the ultimate recoverability of our non-agency RMBS investments.
Loss of large members or borrowers could result in lower investment returns and higher borrowing rates for remaining members.
Disclosure Provided in Our 2008 10-K
One or more large members or large borrowers could withdraw their membership or decrease their business levels as a result of a merger with an institution that is not one of our members, or for other reasons, which could lead to a significant decrease in our total assets and capital.
As the financial services industry has consolidated, acquisitions involving some of our larger members have resulted in membership withdrawals or business level decreases. Additional acquisitions that lead to similar results are possible, including acquisitions in which the acquired institutions are merged into institutions located outside our district with which we cannot do business. We could also be adversely impacted by the reduction in business volume that would arise from the failure of one or more of our larger members.
On December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo & Company (NYSE:WFC) acquired Wachovia Corporation, the holding company for Wachovia Bank, FSB (“Wachovia”), our largest borrower and shareholder as of December 31, 2008. Outstanding advances to Wachovia were $22.3 billion at December 31, 2008, which represented 37.0 percent of our total outstanding advances as of that date. We are currently unable to predict whether Wells Fargo & Company (headquartered in the Eleventh District of the FHLBank System) will maintain Wachovia’s Ninth District charter and, if so, to what extent, if any, it may alter Wachovia’s relationship with us. If Wachovia’s membership in the Bank was terminated and its advances were repaid, we would be negatively impacted. For a more complete discussion of the potential impact that this proposed acquisition could have on us, see Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Condition — Advances in our 2008 10-K.
The loss of Wachovia or one or more other large borrowers that represent a significant proportion of our business could, depending on the magnitude of the impact, cause us to lower dividend rates, raise advances rates, attempt to reduce operating expenses (which could cause a reduction in service levels), or undertake some combination of these actions. The magnitude of the impact would depend, in part, on our size and profitability at the time such institution repays its advances to us.
Update to Disclosure in Our 2008 10-K
As of October 31, 2009, advances outstanding to Wachovia totaled $18.2 billion. On November 1, 2009, Wachovia’s thrift charter was converted to a national bank charter with the name Wells Fargo Bank South, National Association (“Wells Fargo Bank South”). Wells Fargo & Company (“Wells Fargo”) then merged Wells Fargo Bank South into an out-of-district national bank affiliate, Wells Fargo Bank South Central, National Association (“WFSC”). WFSC retained the main office of Wells Fargo Bank South in Houston, Texas as its main office. On November 2, 2009, WFSC applied for membership in the Bank and its application is currently being reviewed. While this series of events indicates that Wells Fargo intends to maintain a membership relationship with the Bank, we are currently unable to predict whether WFSC will alter its predecessor’s borrowing relationship with us.
90
Table of Contents
Changes in the regulatory environment could negatively impact our operations and financial results and condition.
Disclosure Provided in Our 2008 10-K
On July 30, 2008, the President of the United States signed into law the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008. This legislation established the Finance Agency, a new independent agency in the executive branch of the United States Government with responsibility for regulating us. In addition, the legislation made a number of other changes that will affect our activities. Immediately upon enactment of the legislation, all regulations, orders, directives and determinations issued by the Finance Board transferred to the Finance Agency and remain in force unless modified, terminated or set aside by the new regulatory agency. Additionally, the Finance Agency succeeded to all of the discretionary authority possessed by the Finance Board. The legislation calls for the Finance Agency to issue a number of regulations, orders and reports. The Finance Agency has issued regulations regarding certain provisions of the legislation, some of which are subject to public comments and may change. As a result, the full effect of this legislation on our activities will become known only after the Finance Agency’s required regulations, orders and reports are issued and finalized. For a more complete discussion of this legislation and its impact on us, see Item 1 — Business — Legislative and Regulatory Developments in our 2008 10-K.
On October 3, 2008, the President of the United States signed into law the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, in response to the financial disruptions affecting the financial markets and resulting threats to investment banks and other financial institutions. The Treasury and banking regulators have implemented a number of programs authorized by this legislation, and have taken other actions, to address capital and liquidity issues in the banking system and among other financial market participants. There can be no assurance that these programs will provide long-term stability to the financial markets or the extent to which they will enhance the availability of credit in the financial markets. Furthermore, it is not possible for us to determine the impact, if any, that these programs could have on us in the future.
We could be materially adversely affected by the adoption of new laws, policies or regulations or changes in existing laws, policies or regulations, including changes to their interpretations or applications by the Finance Agency or as the result of judicial reviews that modify the present regulatory environment. Further, the regulatory environment affecting our members could change in a manner that could have a negative impact on their ability to own our stock or take advantage of our products and services. In addition, as is the case with any change of governmental administration or Congress, there is an increased potential for regulatory changes, some of which could adversely affect us.
Update to Disclosure in Our 2008 10-K
On June 30, 2009, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) released proposed amendments to its rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which govern money market funds. The proposed amendments would, among other things, require money market funds to maintain a portion of their portfolios in instruments that can be readily converted to cash, reduce the weighted average maturity of their portfolio holdings, and limit such funds to investing in the highest quality portfolio securities. If adopted in their current form, the proposed amendments would limit a money market fund’s ability to invest in FHLBank consolidated obligations. Traditionally, money market funds have been significant investors in FHLBank consolidated obligations. Any limitations that significantly reduce their demand for FHLBank consolidated obligations could adversely affect our ability to issue consolidated obligations on favorable terms, thereby adversely affecting our cost of funds, which, in turn, could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in our access to the interest rate derivatives market under acceptable terms may adversely affect our ability to maintain our current hedging strategies.
Disclosure Provided in Our 2008 10-K
We actively use derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk. The effectiveness of our interest rate risk management strategy depends to a significant extent upon our ability to enter into these instruments with acceptable counterparties in the necessary quantities and under satisfactory terms to hedge our corresponding assets and
91
Table of Contents
liabilities. We currently enjoy ready access to the interest rate derivatives market through a diverse group of highly rated counterparties. Several factors could have an adverse impact on our access to the derivatives market, including changes in our credit rating, changes in the current counterparties’ credit ratings, reductions in our counterparties’ allocation of resources to the interest rate derivatives business, and changes in the liquidity of that market created by a variety of regulatory or market factors. In addition, ongoing financial market disruptions have resulted in mergers of several of our derivatives counterparties. The increasing consolidation of the financial services industry will increase our concentration risk with respect to counterparties in this industry. Further, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry in general, could lead to market-wide disruptions in which it may be difficult for us to find counterparties for such transactions. If such changes in our access to the derivatives market result in our inability to manage our hedging activities efficiently and economically, we may be unable to find economical alternative means to manage our interest rate risk effectively, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Update to Disclosure in Our 2008 10-K
In October 2009, the House Financial Services Committee and the House Agriculture Committee each approved bills that would require the comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives market. Among other things, both versions of the proposed legislation would require that all standardized swap transactions entered into by dealers or large market participants would have to be cleared and traded on an exchange or electronic platform. Swap transactions that are not cleared would be reported to either a swap repository or if there is no repository that accepts the swaps, to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). Rulemaking authority would be held jointly by the CFTC and the SEC. Currently, all of the derivatives we use to manage our interest rate risk are negotiated in the OTC market. If enacted, it is possible that this legislation could increase our hedging costs and diminish our ability to customize derivatives to meet our hedging needs. The full House has not yet taken action on either bill and similar legislation has not been introduced in the Senate to date. The content of any legislation that might be enacted into law (and therefore its impact on us) cannot be determined at this time.
ITEM 6. EXHIBITS
31.1 | Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. | |
31.2 | Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. | |
32.1 | Certification of principal executive officer and principal financial officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
92
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas | |||||
November 12, 2009 | By | /s/ Michael Sims | |||
Date | Michael Sims | ||||
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) | |||||
November 12, 2009 | By | /s/ Tom Lewis | |||
Date | Tom Lewis | ||||
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) |
93
Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
31.1 | Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. | |
31.2 | Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. | |
32.1 | Certification of principal executive officer and principal financial officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |